


;) l]|::(I)M)i EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



.J...J Jl, J 



>#^' 



,K C ?^^ 



-^-j.^4 



'W ^" 



V ^ 






LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 



Slielt:C2B2L 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



CATALOGUE 



SHORTHAP AND TYPEWEITIK WORKS 



ARTHUR J. BARNES, 

St. LOUIS, Mo. 



BAKNES' SHOETHAND MANUAL. A complete exposition of Benn Pitman's 

Phonography ...•••••• ^^'^^ 

"The only book on Shortband that smacks of the class-room."- Rev. Bro. Castoris, Manhattan Academy 
Ne^p York City. 

" The best text-book on Shorthand ever published."— Jacksonville Business College. 

BUSINESS LETTERS IN SHOETHAND, containing Law, Eailroad, Mercan- 
tile AND Miscellaneous Letters . . • • • .1.00 
"Just what I was wanting for my class-room in the Y. M. C. A."- J. H. Gilmore, Prof. Belles Lettres, 
Rochester University, Rochester, N. Y. 



BARNES' SHOETHAND EEADEE. Beautifully Engraved Phonography in 
the reporting style ...•••• 

BAENES' SHOETHAND PEIMEE. Designed to teach the child to read 
ordinary print by the aid of phonographic characters 

BAENES' SHORTHAND MAGAZINE. Each number contains four pages of 

COPPER PLATE PHONOGRAPHY. SUBSCRIPTION, 1 YrAR 

" The Shorthand in your Magazine is perfect."— Isaac S. Demant. 

THE CALIGRAPH INSTRUCTOR; OR, HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE- 
WRITING. Price, t2.00 ; post-paid ...... 



.30 



.50 



.50 



2.10 



N 



C07VVPL-ETE 



CALIGRAPH INSTRUCTOR 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



s-sr 




MRS. ARTHUR J. BARNES, 

Author of Barnes' Shorthand Manual, Business 
Letters in Shorthand, Etc. 



PEIOE, $2.00. 




ST. LOUIS, MO. 

ARTHUR J. BARNES, Publisher. 

i8qo. 






Entered according to Act of Congress, In the year 1890, by 

ARTHUR J. BARNES, 
In the OflSce of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 



PREKACE. 



THE TYPEWRITER is so ingenious and simple in its construction that the 
average person can learn to write words on it in ten nunutes' time. Hence 
the long popular belief that no special instruction is needed, but that a few 
days' practice alone will enable one to become a comiietent and valuable operator. 
This fallacy has bi'ought disappointment and failure to many a bread-winner, has 
been the cause of untold annoyance to employers, and has forced capable and con- 
scientious teachers to let their students go out unprepared because public opinion 
refused th ■ time and expense necessary to learn properly the art of typewriting. 
As a natural result, business men are now complaining bitterly of the incompe- 
tency of applicants, even when they are the product of so-called business schools. 
Experienced help is now demanded, and that too often is unsatisfactory. 
How could it be otherwise when so many are not only deficient in English educa- 
tion but are wofully ignorant of the machine they are trying to operate. They do 
not understand its mechanism, cannot even clean it, much less make the trifling 
adjustments which are sometimes necessary. They have no idea of the possibili- 
ties of their writing machine, of the beauty and variety of the work it is capable of 
doing. All they know is what they have " picked up " in somebody's ofllce while 
working for practice with little or no pay. True, some who have served an ap- 
prenticeship for years in business offices, by reason of the patient, or impatient, 
instruction given them by well-informed employers, by virtue of their quickness of 
observation and eagerness to learn whatever they could from the typewriting pro- 
ductions of others and from the hints of older opei-ators, have made their way up 
from ignorance to skill. But many self-taught operators are and always will be 
bunglers, because they have contracted bad habits from which they cannot free 
themselves. Most people need instruction in any branch of study. Ability to 
read notes does not make one a good musician or render further training unneces- 
sary. You may be able to write a letter after a fashion on the typewriter, but that 
will not make you a good business correspondent. To be expert in typewriting 
means to be able to write without error, and at the same time rapidly and with 
evenness of touch, any kind of business document. It means to know how to care 
for the machine, to understand its workings, to be able to write on paper narrow 

(iii) 



IV PREFACE. 

or wide, ruled or unruled, on envelopes and postal cards, to manifold distinctly, to 
typewrite from dictation, to take manusci-ipt that is badly written and poorly 
punctuated and to transform it into a correctly spelled and punctuated and busi- 
ness-like document, to write letters, speeches, sermons, briefs, tabulated state- 
ments, testimony, specifications, contracts, deeds, etc., so that they shall be cor- 
rect in form and artistic in appearance, rivaling printing in accuracy, and a work 
of art in perfection of detail. To do all this quickly and without error requires in- 
struction and continued practice. Business men have now learned the difference 
between a bungler and an expert ; they no longer believe that poor work is all the 
fault of the machine, and, except in very rare cases, they are unwilling to train be- 
ginners even if no pay is asked for services rendered. Taking people for practice 
has had its day. "I do not want any one that I have to teach. I want some 
one who will not make mistakes, and who can turn off work quickly. An inac- 
curate operator is dear at any price. I would rather pay twice or three times as 
much and have an expert." This is what business men are saying every day, 
l^ow and then the unskilled may still find places where they can serve an appren- 
ticeship in typewriting, provided they are willing to do ofllce-boy work and take 
typewriting as a secondary consideration, but even such positions are scarce. The 
market is flooded with bad spellers and incompetents — bunglers at type-writing. 
But for the well-trained there are plenty of places and good pay. The demand 
exceeds the supply. It pays then to be an expert. And to help those who have 
worthy ambitions, who desire to be truly valuable to their employers, who care 
something for the excellence of their work as well as for the shekels they receive, 
to aid such in acquiring the necessary skill, and to lessen the labor of faithful 
teachers of typewriting, this book has been written. 

These pages contain excellent matter for shorthand practice and it is recom- 
mended that they be used for that purpose as well as for typewriting instruction. 
Part I is especially adapted to the requirements of those just beginning to write 
shorthand from dictation. In order to obtain the best results the same matter 
should be practiced a great many times. 

The author desires here to express her sincere thanks for the courtesy and 
valuable assistance extended to her by the American "Writing Machine Company. 



PART I. 



INTRODUCTORY. 



MECHANISM OF THE CALIGEAPH, CLEANING, OILING, ETC. 

1. Desckiptiox of Parts. — At the right and at the left of the key-board 
is a long- metal key used for spacing- between words. Strike one of the space keys 
several times and notice that the wliole top of the machine moves. The movable 
top is called the carriage. The XDointer moving along the scale in front indicates 
the place of the carriage. The large rubber roller in the center of the carriage is 
the printing cylinder or platen. Back of the platen is a slanting, ctirving shelf 
called the paj)er table. At the rigTit side of the carriage, in front, is a long handle 
or lever called the line-space lever, because pulling it forward makes a space be- 
tween lines. At the right of the platen is a notched wheel or ratchet wheel. 
Resting in the notches of this wheel are twoxjatches or checks. The one in front 
is the pawl, and the other is the hold-fast dog. If the ends of the pawl and hold- 
fast dog are slightly lifted out of the notches with the right hand, the platen can 
be easily rolled forward or backward with the palm of the left hand. 

2. LrPTiNG THE Cakriage. — When it is desired to examine work, lift the 
carriage by raising the upper part of the line-space lever with the right forefinger. 
Beginners sometimes throw the carriage back so violently as to bend the paper 
table and thus preveut the machine from working properly. Except when clean- 
ing the type, it is never necessary to raise the carriage as far as it will go. (Learn 
Lesson 1, Part 2.) 

3. Ribbon Movement. — Lift the carriage and notice the inked ribbon that 
passes across the machine. Between the ribbon and the scale in front is the rib- 
bon switch, a slender strip of metal extending from the left to the right side of the 
machine' and bent upward at its right end to form a handle. As the operator 
writes, the ribbon passes from the spool on one side of the caligraph to the spool 
on the other side, thus emptying one spool and filling the other. When the ribbon 

(v) 



VI INTRODUCTORY. 

is all wound on one spool, it will be necessary to reverse the ribbon movement by- 
moving the ribbon switch handle. If the ribbon switch is pushed to the right, the 
ribbon will move to the right, filling the right spool. If the ribbon switch is pushed 
to the left, the ribbon will move to the left and will fill the left spool. The end of 
the ribbon is pinned to a piece of cloth fastened to the spool. When the ribbon is 
all wound upon one spool, continued writing will pull the ribbon tighter and tighter, 
the keys will strike harder, the printing will grow fainter and at last the machine 
will not write at all. Reversing the ribbon movement will loosen the ribbon and 
the printing will soon look distinct as before. The experienced operator never 
allows the ribbon to quite run out, but the beginner will probably not notice that 
he is at the end of the ribbon until the printing becomes faint or altogether ceases. 
On the ISTo. 3 caligraph, the ribbon switch is placed at the back of the machine, 
and there is a handle at each end of the switch. 

4. Spacing Between Lines. — At the right of and over the lever, just in 
front of where the lever fastens, is the line-space stop. When the line-space stop 
is exactly vertical, pulling the lever forward will turn the platen one notch at a 
time, and there will be a narrow space between the printed lines. When the line- 
space stop is drawn forward so that it points toward the head of the operator, pull- 
ing the lever will move the platen two notches, and there will be a wide space be- 
tween the printed lines; Move the line-space stop forward and backward a few 
times. Experiment with the lever and the line-space stop until you thoroughly 
understand their action. 

If the space between lines is not uniform, it is because the operator does not 
pull the lever toward him as far as he can^ and so makes single space when he 
ought to make double space ; or else, because he gives the lever a second jerk, 
thus making extra space between lines. Avoid this. When spacing between 
lines, pull the lever forward once as far as it will go, then do not pull the lever 
again. 

5. Explanation op Parts. — Back of the paper lable and below it are 
toothed racks. Strike one of the keys and observe the motion of the letter-space 
dog as it passes between the teeth from one rack to the other. .Draw the lever to 
the right (to the left when facing the racks) as far as you can, and the dog will 
be plainly visible at the left end of the racks. Still holding the lever to the right, 
push in the release key (The release key is found directly back of the upper 
left-hand corner of the machine. It is a rod with cap at its left end to hold the 
spring in place) and notice how it tips the dog over, freeing it from the racks 
and allowing the carriage to pass to the left. As soon as the finger is removed 



INTRODUCTORY. vii 

from the release key, the dog straightens and catches in the teeth of the racks, 
stopping the carriage. Remember the carriage must be drawn to the right before 
the release key can be pushed in. 

By the use of the release key and the lever, the pointer may be placed at any 
figure on the scale. Move the cai'riage three full spaces further to the right than 
the desired figure, then let go, and the pointer will stop at the right place. If at 
first you do not succeed and the pointer stops too soon, strike the space key until 
the pointer is at the required figure. Practice now placing the pointer at S^rlO, 
12, 15 and other numbers until you succeed in getting the pointer to stop where 
you wish every time. 

6. CleajSTTNG and Oilestg. — With proper care the caligraph will look bright 
and new, and will do good work for years without repairs. Nine-tenths of the 
trouble an opei-ator has with his machine is due to the fact that he does not 
keep it clean. As a rule, oil wherever there is friction. Every morning clean 
the following parts : the carriage main-shafts (the two long rods at the back of 
the machine on which the carriage runs) the letter-space dog, and the type. 

Good-looking work cannot be done unless the type ai'e kept clean. Most of 
the type can be cleaned by simply brushing them as they hang in the basket, 
taking care to move the brush always with an up and down movement, so as not 
to bend the type bars. Some of the tj'pe like a, e, o, c, etc., will need to have 
the dirt picked out of them. Raise the type, holding the bar firmly in order not 
to spring it; pick out the dirt with a pin, and then brush the type with a tooth or 
type brush, being careful all the time not to let any strain come upon the type 
bar. When using a now copying ribbon, it may be necessary to clean some of 
the type oftener than once a day. 

You cannot expect the caligraph to do good work unless the carriage main- 
shafts are kept perfectly clean and very slightly oiled. Apply a drop of oil at 
the cental- of the shafts and also midway between the center and the ends. Run 
the carriage to the right and to the left so that the oil may be well distributed, 
then rub the shafts with a soft cotton cloth until there is no possibility of dii^ on 
them. Finish by wiping them with a cloth moistened with a drop or two of oil. 

Draw the carriage to the right as far as possible, and wipe the letter-space 
dog with an oily cloth. Machinists and experts occasionally oil the teeth of the 
racks, but as there is danger of beginners getting too much oil on them and thus 
interfering with the work of the machine, we have for years never allowed our 
students to oil the teeth of the racks, but instead have instructed them to keep 
the dog sHghtly oiled by wiping daily with an oily cloth. The slight oil on the 
dog moistens the racks sufiiciently. 



Vm INTRODUCTORY. 

The oil for cleaning should be obtained from a ealigraph agent if possible ; 
if not, sewing machine oil should be procured. Only the best oil should be used, 
and that sparingly. Dust, rust, and too much oil are the three great enemies of 
the typewriter. 

Every evening before leaving the machine, Avipe all the finger marks and 
moisture from the nickel parts of the machine with a soft cotton cloth to prevent 
rust. See that the dust is removed from every part of the machine. Always 
keep it covered when not in use. 

Caution. — IS^ever apply oil or an oily cloth to the top of the basket where 
the type bars are fastened. J^ever oil the ratchet wheels in front of the spools. 
Further directions in regard to the care of the machine will be given later on. 

7. RiBBOJ^ Support. — Observe that the ribbon is held iip and kept from 
curling by a wire ribbon support extending over the center of the basket. When 
cleaning the type, beginners sometimes bend the ribbon support upward so that 
the wire catches the end of the paper guide which curves around the center of the 
platen. This causes the carriage to stop at about 20 or 50. (With different 
machines the numbers vary slightly. These figures are taken from the No. 2 
ealigraph, where the scale runs to 70.) Bend the sides of the ribbon support 
downward just far enough to prevent their hitting the paper guide, and the ma- 
chine will work all right again. 

8. The Bell. — The ringing of the bell is to warn the writer that he is ap- 
proaching the end of the line. If he is in the midst of a word, he must finish the 
syllable he is writing, strike the hyphen, and write the remainder of the word on 
the next line. Beginners are apt to pay too little attention to the bell. They 
continue writing until the carriage ceases to move, and until they have printed 
several letters, one over the other, making an ugly blot at the end of the line. 

To set the Bell. — The bell should ring when the pointer is seven spaces distant 
froig^ the end of the scale in order to leave room for a long syllable like strength 
to be finished before the end of the line is reached. The bell trip is at the left of 
the pointer, and is fastened to the same shaft as the pointer by a thumb screw. 
Place the pointer seven spaces from the left end of the scale, loosen the thumb 
screw, move the bell trip until it rings the bell, and then fasten it at the ringing 
point. The bell will then ring at the right place. 

9. Makginal Stop. — The marginal stop is at the right of the pointer, and is 
fastened by a thumb screw to the same shaft as the pointer. Sometimes the mar- 



INTRODUCTORY. vs. 

ginal stop is pushed against the front wheel and fastened there so tightly as to 
prevent the wheel from moving. The front wheel should be free so that it can 
move easily. When not in use, the marginal stop may be fastened about one- 
fourth of an inch from the front wheel. If fastened further to the right, it must 
be turned upward, else it will collide with the upright screw at the right end of 
the rail and thus pi'event the carriage from being drawn to the right as far as the 
zero point. Beginners often fasten the max'ginal stop so that when returning the 
carriage it hits the upright screw, and then they wonder what stops the carriage. ' 
It pays to be observant. The marginal stop is used when it is desired to begin 
the lines of writing at 5, 8, 10, or at some other figure than 0. Place the 
pointer three spaces further to the right than the point where the lines are to 
begin. Move the marginal stop near to the upright screw, so that you can " just 
see daylight" between them. Fasten the marginal stop securely, and when the 
carriage is drawn to the right, it will not go back to 0, but will stop at the figure 
where the lines are to begin. Practice fastening the marginal stop so that the 
lines will begin at 5, 7, 10, 12, or at any desired figure on the scale. 

10. Lateral MoTio:sr of the Eibbo^^. — When the ribbon has been used 
for some time, a narrow line on the ribbon will be so worn that there will be very 
little ink left upon it. To present a new part of the ribbon to the type, the rib- 
bon spools must be moved backward or forward as the case may be. By moving 
the ribbon you can write first on one edge of the ribbon, then along the middle, 
and then on the other edge of the ribbon. Move the spools forward by pressing 
the thumb against the iron frame in front and pressing the back of each spool 
with the fingers. Move the spools backward by pressing the thumb against the 
front of the spool and the fingers against the crank back of the spool. Move the 
spools backward and forward a few times. Be careful always to move the spools 
alike. It is a good plan to move the spools a trifle each day. Beginning with the 
spools as near the front as possible, each day push the spools backward a little. 
When the ribbon is as far back as it can be and allow the type to strike it, then 
the spools should be pushed forward each day. In this way the ribbon will be 
worn evenly instead of being worn in lines. If the ribbon is pushed too fai- back, 
the tj'pe will not strike it and there will be no printing. 

If you forget to reverse the ribbon movement, you will wear a hole in the 
ribbon by the type constantly striking the same spot. In such case after moving 
the ribbon switch, turn the trank back of the empty spool until the hole in the 
ribbon is out of the way of the type. 

On the new ]^o. 3 caligraph there is an automatic ribbon movement. The 
ribbon moves backwards and forwards at the same time that it travels from one 



X INTR OD UCTOR Y. 

spool to the other, so that every part of the ribbon is presented to the type and is 
evenly worn without any effort on the part of the operator. 

11. Changing Ribbons. — ]S"otice which spool is the fuller and wind all the 
ribbon on that spool. Unpin the ribbon and reverse the ribbon movement. Wind 
the ribbon off on a reel, or on a piece of pasteboai'd, to avoid soiling the fingers. 
Pin one end of the new ribbon to the short piece of cloth attached to the I'ight 
spool. The pin must be placed crosswise, not lengthwise, in the ribbon. See that 
the ribbon movement is arranged so that the right spool will fill, then turn the 
crank back of that spool until the ribbon is wound upon the spool. Pin the other 
end of the libbon to the cloth fastened to the other spool. Reverse the ribbon 
movement ; tighten the ribbon, if necessary, by turning the crank back of the 
empty spool *and the ribbon will be ready for writing. 

12. Monthly Cleaning and Oiling. — It is well to select a certain day of 
the month, as the 1st or the 15th, and on that day give the machine a special 
cleaning and oiling. As a rule oil should be applied wherever there is friction, but 
only the best of oil should be used, and that very sparingly. One drop of oil is 
sufficient for any one part of the machine. Once a month apply a very little oil to 
the ribbon arms and ribbon springs where they pass through the slots of the rib- 
bon switch. Oil also the following parts : The metal ends of the small feed roller, 
the ends of the platen, the joining of the line-space lever to the carriage, the bear- 
ing of the front wheel, the ends and middle of the rod under the machine around 
which the carriage tension spring is wound. The front end of this rod passes into 
a larger rod about three-fourths of an inch back of the screw or near the second 
turn of the spiral spring. Oil should be applied here. Put a little oil on the end 
of the finger, and rub it across the reed bar or small wires underneath the machine 
at the back. Oil the joinings of the shafts at the back of the machine. Put a 
drop of oil at the rear right and left hand lower corners of the machine, where 
the rocker bar at the back connects with the long metal strips seen on either side 
of the typewriter near its base. Clean and, if necessary, oil the key stems where 
they pass through the holes in the bridges. After applying oil to these places, 
write on the machine for a few minutes, and then wipe off all visible oil. Once in 
a great while it may be necessary to clean the teeth of the racks. Use a perfectly 
clean brush, and, if desired, a little benzine. Some use benzine occasionally in 
cleaning the type. Be careful never to get any oil on the platen or the small feed 
roller. Clean them when dirty with alcohol, and the paper will feed better. If 
any of the nickel parts show signs of rusting, keep them wet with oil for a few 
hours, and then wipe off. Kever oil the type-bar hangers on the upper rim of the 
basket. Xever oil the ribbon ratchet wheels in front of the spools. 



INTRODUCTORY. 



ADJUSTMENTS. 



13. EiBBON Clip. — If the carriage stops at about 20 or 50, bend the ribbon 
support (ribbon clip) down far enough so that it will not collide with the paper 
guide. If the ribbon clip interferes with the rising of any of the type-bars, raise 
the wires just enough to allow the bar to move freely. If the ribbon clip breaks, 
you can either replace it, or you can support the i-ibbon and keep it from curling 
by stretching two slender rubber bands across the top of the basket, fastening 
them around the screws at the back and front. 

14. Adjustment of the Paper-Feed kSprixos. — The paper-feed springs 
that hold the paper close to the platen are regulated by the screws seen at the 
upper ends of the springs on either side of the paper table. If these screws are 
too tight, the paper will wrinkle and tear when pulling it back to straighten it. 
Loosen the screws by tui-ning them to the left. Notice just how much you turn 
them, then if you turn them too far to the left, you will know just how much to 
turn them back to the right. If the screws are too loose, the paper will not feed 
well; tighten the screws by turning them to the right. 

If one screw is tighter than the other, the paper will not feed evenly but Avill 
run in crooked. Put a sheet of paper into the machine and test the pressure by 
puUing it back on either side. If the paper is too loose on one side, tighten the 
screw on that side until the pressure is equal on both sides. If it is hard to pull 
the paper back on one side, the screw on that side is too tight and should be loos- 
ened until the pressure is alike on both sides. When you think you have made 
the proper adjustment, put the paper into the machine again, straighten it, and pull 
the lever forward until the paper has nearly passed out of the machine. Then write 
a line and see if it is parallel with the lower edge of the paper. If so, the adjust- 
ment is complete. But if one end of the line is nearer the edge of the paper than 
the other end, the screw on that side is correspondingly tighter. Continue the 
adjustment until the paper feeds evenly. 

15. The Hold-Fast Dog SpfvING. — If the spring that connects the hold- 
fast dog with the carriage frame is stretched or weak, it will not hold the dog 

. firmly in the notches of the ratchet wheel, but will allow the platen to move for- 
ward an extra notch when spacing between lines. Remove the spring, pinch it 
together and put it back. If the spring is too weak or broken, invest a nickel in 
a new spring and fasten by hooking and screwing. 



xii INTRODUCTORY. 

16. Adjusting Screw at End of the Rack. — Once in a few months the 
small screw at the end of the outer rack needs to be turned a quarter way round 
to the right. This is because every time a key is struck the screw bumps against 
a leather cushion or buffer. As the cushion grows thinner, the distance between 
the screw and tlie cushion increases, causing the outer rack to slide too far each 
time a key is depressed. Hence the dog scrapes against the teeth of the rack and 
interferes with the motion of the carriage. Turning the screw quarter or half way 
round to the i-ight restores the proper distance between the buffer and the screw, 
and the dog once more moves freely between the racks. 

17. Adjusting Screw in the Hanger. — The hanger is a U shaped piece 
of steel to which the upper end of the type bar is fastened. The adjusting screw 
connects the sides of the hanger. Unlike most screws in appearance, it is easily 
recognized by the holes passing through it. If this screw is too loose, the hanger 
will not hold the ends of the type bar firmly enough and a slight sideways motion 
of the type bar may cause the type to pi'int double or may throw the letter out of 
alignment. If the adjusting screw is too tight, the type bar will not fall in place 
easily but will stick or move sluggishly. 

To Adjust the Screw in the Hanger. — Insert the adjusting pin, which goes 
with every machine, into one of the holes of the adjusting screw. Hold down the 
letter key and turn the adjusting screw toward the center of the basket until the 
screw is so tight that when the letter key is released the type bar will not fall 
but will remain in a horizontal position, i^ow, depressing the space key, turn the 
adjusting pin slightly away from the center of the basket until the type bar falls. 
The screw in the hanger will then be properly adjusted. 

18. -Alignment. — If perfect alignment is not secured by adjusting the screw 
in the hanger, test the letter to be aligned by striking small n before and after it, 
thus, nan, non, nBn, etc. Notice whether the letter is too far to the right, too 
far to the left, too low, or too high. Loosen the large screw at the outside end of 
the hanger and move the hanger or type bar in the direction required to put the 
letter in its proper place. It will probably be necessary to make several attempts 
before succeeding, as a slight tap will move the type farther than expected. When 
the letter seems to be in a line with small n, hold the space key down and print n 
and then the letter to be aligned. If the letter falls directly over the n, tighten 
the large screw and repeat the test. If the letter again falls directly over the n, 
the alignment is perfect. Remember all letters are aligned to small n. 



INTRODUCTORY. Xlll 

19. "Why the Carriage does not Move when a Key is Struck axd why 
Letters Fall on Top of Each Other. — First. You may have come to the 
end of your ribbon without noticing it. Second. The paper guide may catch in 
the wires of the ribbon support. Third. There may be something under the cah- 
graph that prevents the universal bar from moving. Fourth. Something may 
hit the caligraph at the back or sides. Fifth. The marginal stop or bell trip may 
be screwed so close to the front wheel that it cannot move, or the marginal stop 
may be fastened so far to the right as to collide with the upright screw and stop 
the movement of the carriage. Sixth. The caligraph may need cleaning and oil- 
ing. Seventh. Nine times out of ten when a machine has been properly eared for 
and the carriage moves sluggishly, the adjusting screw at the right end of the 
rack needs to be turned to the right a quarter or half way round. Eighth. If the 
trouble is only with certain keys, it may be because the key-stem where it passes 
through the hole in the bridge needs cleaning and oiling. Or, the adjusting screw 
in the hanger may be screwed too tight. Or, there may be friction between one 
of the wooden key levers and the Avires underneath the machine. If so, either trim 
the lever with a knife or bend the wires so that the key lever will move freely. 
Ninth. In rare eases the tensions may need adjusting. 

20. Finger Tension. — The spring which moves the letter-space dog is 
called the finger tension spring. The screw which regulates the finger tension is 
found just back of the spring on the outside of the iron circle which passes 
around the upper edge of the basket. Turning this screw to the right tightens 
the finger tension, causing the keys to strike harder but to spring up more 
readily. Turning the screw to the left loosens the finger tension and lightens the 
action of the keys. I^ever touch the finger tension screw unless you are perfectly 
certain it needs adjusting. Then notice just how much you turn the screw, so if 
you turn it too far you will know just how much to turn it back again. The finger 
tension should be as light as is consistent with the rapid movement of the keys. 

21. Carriage Tension. — Lift the machine and observe the large spiral 
spring underneath. It is the carriage tension spring. The back end of the spring 
is fastened to the di'iving arm, a long arm back of the machine passing upward 
and connected by short shafts with the inner rack of the carriage. "When the 
release key is pushed in, the drawing of the carriage tension spring moves the 
carriage to the left. 

If the carriage moves sluggishly and cleaning the machine does not remedy 
the difficulty, press in the release key and notice how strong the force is which 



XIV INTRODUCTORY. 

moves the carriage to the left. If it seems v^^eak, it may be that the carriage ten- 
sion needs tightening. In front of the rod around which the tension spring is 
coiled, is a small ratchet wheel. Wind up the spring by turning the front end of 
the ratchet with a screw-driver, l^ever turn the ratchet more than three notches. 
If that does not remedy the difficulty, you must look elsewhere for its cause. 
The carriage tension and the finger tension should be harmonious. Both should 
be tight or both should be loose. As a rule, let the tensions alone. 

22. Conclusion. — IS'ever attempt any adjustment of the machine unless 
you are sure it is needed and that you know just what should be done and how to 
do it. In all other cases consult a machinist or the agent of whom you purchased 
the machine. Remember that experimenting with a typewriter generally makes it 
worse instead of better, and that if you take proper care of your caligraph it will 
do good work for years without any adjustment, except, as the buffer cushion 
wears thinner, the screw at the end of the rack may need turning a little. 



PART II. 



LESSON I. 

Remove the caligraph entirely from its base-board. Place it on a flat desk or table not over 26 inches high, 
so that the forearm vrill be on a level with the key-board. Sit in an erect and comforiable position as at the 
piano ; draw the caligraph close to you so that the front legs of the machine will be near the edge of the table, 
then it will be easy to operate. 

Study Sections 1 and 2 of Part I. 

Insbrtixg the Paper. — Drop the paper as far down between the platen and the paper table as it will go; 
hold the sheet evenly with the left hand so that it will feed in straight, and roll the platen from you with the 
right hand until the paper comes in sight. If necessary, straighten the paper by drawing one edge back a little. 
Be careful not to insert the paper too far to the right. It should not extend beyond the rubber covering of the 
platen. 

Striking the Keys. — Do not press the keys; strike them with a light, sharp blow. STRIKE ONLT ONK 
KEY AT A TIME AND LIFT THE FINGER INSTANTLY A second key must never be struck until the finger 
is lifted from the first key. Strike regularly, in even time and with equal force, so that the printed letters may 
be equally dark. 

Now strike one of the keys several times with a light, sharp, springing blow. Write first with one finger 
and then with another and another, aud continue writing to the end of the line. When the pointer reaches the 
left end of the scale, the carriage stops. 

Returning the Carriage and Spacing for a New Line. — -Move the paper forward and to the right for 
a new line by drawing the end of the line-space lever as far toward you and to the right as possible. Press 
with the thumb and pull with the fingers. 

Fingering. — Use the first, second, and third fingers of each hand for the letter keys, and the side of the 
little finger when striking the space key to make a space between words. In rare instances the little finger may 
be used for a letter key. Do not use the thumbs at all. Strike the right space key after a word ending with the 
left hand and vice versa. Let n and y mark the center of the key-board. As a rule, strike all keys to the right 
of n and y with the right hand, and all keys to the left of n and y with the left hand. Either hand may be used 
for n and y, though the left forefinger is generally used for n and the right forefinger for y. 

In the exercises following, the fingers to be used are indicated by figures placed below the letters. The 
figure 1 indicates the first finger, 2 the second finger, 3 the third finger and 4 the little finger. To help the begin- 
ner to strike the keys in even time and to aid hira in memorizing the key-board, he may in Exercise 1 speak the 
name of each letter as he writes it. In the other exercises he should think the letter without moving his lips. 
Practice each line of Exercise 1 a great many times before proceeding to a new line. It is very important that 
you should learn the key-board so thoroughly that you can see it with your eyes shut, and can strike each letter 
without the least hesitation. Finish the exercise by writing your name and address, punctuating the same 
according to the model given below. 

(1) 



EOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



EXERCISE 1. 

wtreyuio wtreyuio wtreyuio wtreyuio wtreyuio wtreyuio oiuyertw 

4 3211234 4 3211234 4 3211234 4 3211234 4 3211234 4 3211234 4 3211234 

asdfghck asdfghck asdfghck asdfghck asdfghck asdfghck kchgfdsa 

43211234 43211234 43211234 43211234 43211234 43211234 43211234 

jxvbnlmp jxvbnimp jxvbnlmp jxvbnlrap jxvbnlmp jxvbnlmp pmlnbvxj 

43211234 43211234 43211234 43211234 43211234 43211234 43211234 



aeiouwy aeiouwy aeiouwy aeiouwy aeiouwy aeiouwy 
3123131 312313 1 312313 1 312313 1 312313*1 3123131 



aeiouwy 
3123131 



abcdefghi abcdefghi abcdefghi abcdefghi abcdefghi abcdefghi abcdefghi 
312321123 312321123 312321123 312321123 312321123 312321123 312321123 

jklmnopq jklmnopq jklmnopq jklmnopq jklmnopq jklmnopq jklmnopq 
33121321 33121321 33121321 33121321 3312 13 21 33121321 33121321 

rstuvwxyz rstuvwxyz rstuvwxyz rstuvwxyz rstuvwxyz rstuvwxyz rstuvwxyz 
123113212 123113212 123113212 123113212 123113212 123113212 123113212 

Arthur J. Barnes, St. Louis, Mo. Write your name and address here. 

Taking the Paper out op the Machine. — Lift the ends of the pawl and the hold-fast dog slightly out of 
the notches, and the paper can easily be pulled forward or backward with the left hand. 

Cover the Machine to keep it Free from Dust. 



LESSON II. 

Learn Sections 2, 3, and 4 of Part I. 

Do not press the keys. Strike them with a light, quick blow. Do not hold the finger down, but lift It 
immediately after striking a key. If two keys are struck at the same time, the type will clash and the type bars 
may be bent, throwing the letters out of alignment; that is, causing them to be printed out of their proper place. 
If a second letter is struck before the first key has been fairly released, the printed letters will De too close to 
each other. Move the fingers with a steady up and down movement as when playing notes of equal length on the 
piano. Make a special effort when striking keys with the weaker fingers, so that the printed letters may be equally 
distinct. Do not be troubled if the third finger seems stife and weak at first; practice will strengthen and limber 
it. Besides the typewriting drill, bending it back and forth occasionally will render it more pliable. Bathing 
the finger joints with vaseline or glycerine tends to make them more flexible. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 3 

In Exercise 2, fill one line with " you," another line with " are ; " then ivrite the combination " you are " 
again and again until you have learned the fingering of these words perfectly and until you have written five lines 
in succession not only without a single error, but with evenness of touch. If one letter is printed too faint and 
another too darli, the page will have a spotted, untidy appearance. 

Do not try to write fast, but write correctly. Speed is the outgrowth of long and accurate practice. Write 
every exercise as though it were to be put on exhibition. 



EXERCISE 2. 

youare hewas saw him didfor letus hearsay 

132321 11321 123121 121132 11212 1132231 

seehow hadbeen from hope worehere donesoon givemuch 
211133 131 lUSl 12311321 31211121 13122331 12212121 

not now longtime send some more goods well since told when 
132133 13112211 21112311 232113312 311122121 23113111 

the them then they this that these those there their think thank 
211 2112 2111 2111 2122 2132 21121 21321 21121 21122 21213 21313 

may can must have came gone will shall might could would should 
231231 2123 132123211312321121311 12122 23 211 332112132 11 

SENTENCE PRACTICE COMBINING FINGERED WORDS. 

"Write each sentence below many times. Strike the punctuation keys very lightly, and make -two spaces 
between sentences. Except when begun with a capital letter, finger each word as in the preceding exercise. 
After practicing each sentence, write the whole exercise again and see how many sentences you can write with- 
out striking a wrong key. 

I see yon are here. Do I not see that yon are here? Have you been here 
a long- tune? You say that you have been here a long time? How long will you 
be here at this time? I hope that you will be here a long time. How did I hear 
that you would be here? They told me that you would be here at this time. 
Have you been to see them? Do you think you will go to see them? I think I 
will go to see them soon. "When did you hear from them? Let us hear from 
you soon. May we not hear from you soon? Will you say when we may hear 



4 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

from youV When did you say that we could hear from you? If he saw them 
he will say so. I think he saw them when they were here. "We will hear 
from him if he saw them. When he came they had not gone. When he 
came they had been gone a long time. He told me that they had gone too 
soon. They have done well since they have been here. They have not done 
well since they have been here. Did you not say that they had done much 
good there? They might do much more good now. We hope they will do 
as much good as they can at this time. We thank them for the good 
they have done us. They did some good then, but they have done much more 
good siuce that time. We shall give them our thanks. We must thank them 
for thdse goods they sent us. I should think you would thank them. If you do 
not send them their goods now, when will you send them? I do not see how you 
can think so when you see the good they have done. I might have done as well 
as they did. How long is it since they came here? It is a long time since they 
came. We would say much more if we had the time. When we saw them there^ 
we told them how much and how well you had done. If you think well of it, 
they will send you these goods. He told you that he would send the goods there. 
He told them that those were given to him. I think these are theirs. I Avill 
thank them for you when I see them. I have told him that you think he has 
done Avell. 

Sentence containiug the ivhole alphabet: 

Frowzy quacks vex, jump, and blight. 

Wipe all the nickel parts of the machine with a soft cotton clo'h to remove moisture and finger marks and thus 
prevent rust. Cover up the machine to protect it from dust and moisture. 



I 



BOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



LESSON III. 



WORD PRACTICE. 



It has been said that 120 words make up fully one-half of ordinary speech. Learniu- to fla-er these 
words correctly and quickly means then the rapid writing of half the words used in common couversatiou 
inese and other words are given for practice in the fingered exercises. 

The method on which the fingering is based is shown in the following diagram and rules • 



DIAGRAM OF SMALL LETTERS ON KEY-BOARD OF CALIGRAPH NO. 2. 



Fingers to be used. 

3rd 2nd 1st 1st 2nd 3rd 

w \ t r X e y uN i \ o 

a \ s id f g hj cVk 

J x\ vV b n ] ym d\ 



Left hand. 



Center, 



Rio-ht hand. 



with th^T ^' ^* *'"' """"""'"S of words and when one hand takes up the spelling of the other, strike the key 
With the finger assigned to it in the diagram. ^ 

W th ^r! f • ^^"^ f! '™^ ^^"'^ '® required to print two or more letters in succession, use the assigned fin-er 
for the first letter, and for the other letters use the different fingers as may be most convenient without rcard'to 
tne assignment in the diagram. 

Rule 3. After striking a first-finger key. If another key on the same side and nearer the center of the key- 
board remains to be struck, use the first finger of the other hand or else strike two consecutive keys with tL 
same finger as may be most convenient. ■^ 

Rule 4. Words in common use should always be fingered in exactly the same way. The fln-ers then will 
lea™ the words as they learn a melody on the piano and will write them with almost no'effort on the paxt of T^e 



-Begin the combinations saw, sta, stra, mi, and rst with the first finger and de, ul and 



Exceptions to Rule 1 . 
ef with the second finger. 

?n Exrcilel Tearn'th "/""' " ')" sentences. Stand straigUt, and, Effie truly first saw tke missing deed. 
th« «thl fh \ I? fi"g*^ring of the first two words and write a line of each, then write one word after 

error. Practice the next two words in the same way, and so on through the list of words Practice these words 
senlenc^eVtheT ' "-^^ '°"' '''' ^'"'' ''"' """' ^""^ •^""^ ^''^^ ^ -" '^^^ when you mS them n f'ture 
:T::;^L"ZZ:uLr'''''''''' ^-^ ''- ''''' '''''^^' ^^^ -^^-^'^ ^^ --'^ -^ correctly wrS 



last 
1323 


many 
2 3 11 


mean 
2 13 1 


most 
2 3 23 


near 
12 3 2 


part 
2 323 


please 
211321 


quite 
1 1221 


reply* 
2 1211 


right 

22122 


tried 
21212 


work 
3 32 3 


where 
3 1121 


with 
3221 


your 
132 2 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



EXEECISE 3. 

and able about city date early* favor facts 
312 3111 31322 2121 1321 13211 13232 13221 

first hand land 
12123 1312 1312 

new noted order 
113 13212 32 112 

t 
sold sorry thing 
2311 23221 21211 



SENTENCE PRACTICE COMBINING FINGERED WORDS. 
Write each sentence many times. 

Please favor us with an early reply. Your favor is at hand. Your order has 
been noted. Where is your work? It is quite near this part of the city. Please 
let me hear from you at an early date. Please give me the facts about the land. 
We mean to do most of the work. They were here first and we came last. He 
will soon be able to work. We have tried to go about the city. Many things 
have been tried, but not much has been done. Most of us are quite sorry that 
the land has been sold. Where have they been since we last saw them? It is a 
new thing and we mean to do as much as we can for it. We shall try to do the 
right thing about the land. Many have told iis that they mean well, but we think 
they have not tried to do right. We must order some more goods. The new 



* Use the left forefinger for y in ly. 

t Sometimes it is well to use the same finger on two consecutive keys. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 7 

goods have come to hand. "We are sorry about this. It is quite right that they 
should do the work. The city is near us. Please give us the facts. What do 
you think they meanV He tried to reply to you. He means to give us an order 
as soon as he is able. The new part of the city is quite near them. We were 
sorry when the land was first sold. You and I will soon be old. The last date is 
right. Most of the city are in favor of the new work. We have tried to do our 
part. He is able to do more than most of us. Can we do something for you? 
He has told us many things about the new city. We have tried to work where 
we could do the most good. If you please, we will work with you. These facts 
do not please us. They mean much to us. We are sorry these things are so. 
They mean to do right and we are pleased with them. 

Alphabet sentence: 

Pack my box with five dozen liquor jugs. 

Write the preceding sentences once again and see how many of them you can write without striking a 
■wrong key. Wipe the machine with a soft cotton cloth and cover it up. 



LESSON IV. 



Learn sections 5 and 6 of Part I. Clean the machine before writing on it to-day. 

Pay a great deal of attention to the fingering of the words. Words of frequent occurrence should always 
be fingered in the same way, and thus the fingers will soon strike the right keys almost mechanically. As a rule, the 
center keys should be struck with the first finger, the outer rows of small letters should be struck with the third 
finger, and the intervening keys with the second finger. Except when striking the .space key, the hands should be 
held so that the first fingers will be over the center keys. If you keep your hands in the proper place over the 
key-board, you will find it easier to finger correctly, because each finger will be near the keys it should strike, 
and will be naturally used upon those keys. Remember to strike the space key with the side, not with the end of 
the little finger. 

In all the word exercises take two or three words at a time. First write a line of each word, then write the 
two words alternately again and again, until you not only know the fingering thoroughly, but until you can write 
several lines in succession without an error or a hesitation. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IJSf TYPEWRITING. 



EXERCISE 4. 

always answer before busy chance charge doubt 

313212 312312 121321 1121 213121 213211 13213 

every few find great grant hold kept 

12121 123 1212 12132 12312 1311 3122 

know letter learn likely little makes money 

3133 112212 11321 12 3 111 122211 23312 23121 . 

month next only ovight offer place prompt 

23131 1132 3111 32122 31123 21321 223122 

short truth twice week wish what while 

21323 21121 23231 3113 3221 3132 31211 



SENTENCE PRACTICE COMBINING FINGERED WORDS. 
"Write each sentence many times. 

Always tell the truth. Your answer should be prompt and short. ]^ext 
month he will come here twice a week. I would grant him the favor if I were in 
your place. "We were so .busy that we had no chance to see you last week. I 
wish you would let me know if he makes you the offer. The charge is too great. 
It is quite likely that he has kept the place. You ought not to doubt him for he 
always tells the truth. We had told him many good things about you before you 
came. What will you do if you are not able to hold the place? While many of 
them have had chances, only a few have learned what will do them good. He 
told us a great many things that were new to us, and we were much pleased to 
hear them. We can go to the city only twice a month. It is only a little while 
before you must go. His letter was very short, but it was quite good. Only a 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 9 

few make much money. Most of us must learn to do with a little. I think she 
will find that she is not able to make them the offer. No one can take his place. 
We have known him only a short time. In the meanwhile yon may work at these 
things. We sent him a letter the first of the month. We shall be quite busy this 
month. What does he meanV If you wish to make money, you must work for 
it. Will you hand him this letter for me? Please favor me with the facts in the 
ease. He offers too little money for the place. The truth is he can not learn 
much while here. Do you know anything about the land grant? There is a 
good chance to make money in that city. He ought to do well in that place. I 
told him in my letter that you would like the land, and that you wished a prompt 
reply. She knows what he ought to offer her for the place. IS'o doubt he will 
try to please you. You will find that he has charged you too much. I hope that 
she will keep her place. She will find the money order in her letter. I shall tell 
him everything I know about it. Every one thinks the charge is too great. 
There are only a few letters to be sent. Every letter has been answered. 

Alphabet sentence: 

Please give the money box to Dr. J. Z. Quack's wife. 

Write as many of the foregoing sentences as poseible -without making an error. Bub the nickel parts of the 
machine xoell before covering. 



LESSON V. 

Learn sections 7 and S of Part I. 



RE-INSERTION OF PRINTED SHEETS. 



To continue writing on a page that is partly written, put the paper into the machine and notice if the begin- 
ning of the line coincides with the beginning of the scale; if not, pull the paper to the right or to the left until 
the first letter of the line is over the first division of the scale. This will make the left-hand margin even. The 
letters should be exactly over the division points of the scale and not over the spaces between the points. Turn 
the platen forward until you come to the last line of writing, then pull the paper down so that the bottom of the 



10 sow TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

last line will just touch the top of the scale. Place the pointer at the proper figure. Turn the platen forward 
ONE notch and fini.sh the last line. If, however, the last line is ended, move the lever forward for a new line. 

Be careful to strike the punctuation marks very lightly. Make no space between a word and the following 
punctuation mark, but make one space after the punctuation mark, and between sentences make two spaces. 
Always finger exactly according to the figures. Never allow your.self to make a mistake, but form a habit of per- 
fect accuracy from the first. Have you cleaned your machine^ Bemember it must be cleaned every day before loriting. 





EXERCISE 5. 






con mis ful 


ing- ment ness 


ted sion tion 


self 


231 122 121 


211 2112 1122 


2 12 2231 2231 


2111 


after ability 


again amount 


bill cheek 


dear 


31212 3121221 


31321 323212 


1211 2 112 3 


2132 



delay during Cn closed further glad hard home 

21131 112211 21213212 1123112 1131 1321 1311 

kind less look neither noted often rest 

3212 1122 1223 1222112 13212 31311 2 123 

ready receive remain sir ship sure take 

21311 2121221 212321 222 2123 2121 2331 

troubleto-day to-night truly very where write 

213211123323 1 23312122 21211 2121 31121 32221 



SENTENCE PRACTICE COMBINING FINGERED WORDS. 
Write each sentence many times. 

We will ship you the rest of the meat to-day. Your check is received. 
Many thanks for the same. After you have gone home will you take the trouble 
to wi'ite to us. He is a man of great ability. We are glad to know that times 
ai-e not as hard as they have been. We hope there will be no further delay in 
shipping the goods. Please fill out this check for me. She will remain at home 
during the rest of the month. We shall soon be ready to receive them. Please 
do not take the trouble to look for it any more. We find that we have made a 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 11 

mistake. Enclosed please find check for the amount due you. Your favor 
with money order is received. Many thanks for your promptness. Enclosed 
please find receipt. He has had a hard time. He has been confined at home so 
many weeks. We thank you for your kindness. This amount is less than it 
ought to be. You may send him the bill again. Dear Sir: Yours received and 
noted. I am thankful that neither of us made the mistake. I am very sure that 
he will go home to-night. Hoping to hear from you again soon, I remain, very 
truly yours. We will surely write you often. You should be very thankful for 
his kindness. Are you ready for the shipment? I hear he has gone on a mission. 
I have no notion that he will trouble us again. Can you tell me where she is? 
Please give us your attention. Will you please write this letter again? Where 
are you going to-night? ? 

Alphabet sentence: 

The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. 

See if you can write the first half of the foregoing sentences without striking a wrong key; then try the 
other half. 

Take your paper out of the machine and notice whether the punctuation marks are light, or heavy and ugly 
looking. Can you see the marks made' by the period on the back side of the sheet? If so, write the exercise 
again; continue writing it until you can produce a neat copy whose unwritten side will not show any marks of 
the punctuatioa points. Bub the nickel parts of the machine before covering. 



LESSON VI. 



Learn section 9 of Part I. Remember the typewriter should be cleaned the first thing every morning before 
writing on it. It will do better work and will last longer if properly cared for. Your employer will prize you 
more highly and will pay you better if he sees that you are careful about his property. Be faithful in small mat- 
ters as well as in great, and it will not only increase your self-respect, but will pay you in dollars and cents. 

Write the words in the following exercise until you can finger them correctly, easily and rapidly before begin- 
ning the sentence practice. ' 



12 MOW TO BECOME EXPERT /.V TYPEWRITING. 



EXERCISE 6. 

account allow another apply because beside business 
8223212 3i]33 3132112 32211 1223121 123221 11221122 

balance decide duties except former forward happy 
1313121 212121 112212 132122 132212 1323211 13221 

inform intend large market matter nothing oblige 

211322 212111 13211 232312 232212 1321211 3 112 11 

prices pretty prevent raise regard report secure 
222312 221221 2 2 12112 23221 211321 212323 212121 

several suppose return toward under unless which 
2121231 2132321 212121 233211 11212 111122 31232 

- 32 

SENTENCE PRACTICE COMBINING FINGERED WORDS. 
Write each sentence many times. 

I am happy to inform you that we are doing a large business and will be glad 
to receive further orders from you. Enclosed I send you a check for $40 which 
please apply to my account. There is very little change in prices. There is 
nothing new in the market reports. You will oblige me greatly if you will 
forward the goods at once. The duties are pretty large, and I suppose that we 
shall be obliged to raise the price on the balance of the shipment. We cannot 
allow you much on that order. Several of them have decided to return to-night. 
Please accept this little present. He sold all of the 'land except one small lot. 
We intend to prevent his securing the order, because we think it ought not to be 
given to him. Unless prices can be raised in some way, he will go under. I am 
sure that he will undertake the business. Show kindness one toward another. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TTPEWBITINO. 13 

Besides this, there are other matters to be thought of. In regard to the former 
matter of which you sjjoke, we have nothing to say. 

Write the above exercise once without striking a wrong key. Do not attempt erasures. Except in rare 
instances erasures are not allowable. 



LESSON VII. 



Keep the typewriter clean. Strike_ evenly, then your work will look well. Never allow yourself to strike 
a wrong letter. Make all your writing as perfect as though it were to be paid for. 

Avoid lifting the carriage to examine your work. It wastes your time, retards your speed, and is a bad 
habit to form. Put your whole mind on your work and strive to write accurately. When you have reached the 
end of a page or an exercise, then, and only then, take time to look at your writing. Examine it critically. If you 
find errors iu it, or if the printing is uneven, write it again. Criticise, correct, and rewrite until you get a perfect 
copy of each exercise. 

PARAGRAPHING. 

A paragraph may consist of one sentence, or of several sentences relating-to the same subject or to the 
same division of the subject. For every change of a. subject there must be a new paragraph. 

Begin each paragraph with the pointer at five. Some operators paragraph at ten, but this practice is not 
to be commended, fa printed matter, paragraphs are indented only slightly. Examine, the paragraphs in a book 
or newspaper. Notice how the subject changes with each paragraph, and how much the first word of each para- 
graph is indented. 

EXERCISE 7. 

a dvance advise assist attentioncareful company c on sider 

31231213 12221 322223 3 221122312321121231231123122212 

continue credit dispose draft efforts esteem expense 

2313211122122 2 1222321 12313 2113232 12 3 112 13 2 1121 

furnish guarantee immediate important improve invest possible 
1121221 123231211 2 111223212123234122122321 212123 23222111 

*223 

p r oba hie prompt purchase quick requests a tisfy solicit 

2231311122 3 12 2 21221321 11234 2 112 12 3 2 322211 2312322 

*23 - 

special strict state success thorough transactwaiting 

221213123223 2 12321 2122122 21323212213123223222211 



Two figures under a letter indicate two methods of fingering. 



14 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WHITING. 

SENTENCE PRACTICE COMBINING FINGERED WORDS. 
Write each sentence many times. Tiien write all once tlirough witliout striking a wrong key. 

The company considers the matter very important, and requests that you give 
it your immediate attention. They will spare neither efforts nor expense to sat- 
isfy you. He is a thorough business man and is sure to meet with success. If 
possible, will you please assist him in the transaction of this business. He stated 
that they were going to make important improvements in the factory. He is not 
disposed to wait longer before investing. He advises us to continue furnishing 
them goods on credit. We v/ill advance the money. They will give prompt and 
careful attention to all your requests. The purchasers require a special guarantee. 

f 

Make five correct copies of the following letter. 
Use small 1 for the figure one, and capital for zero. 

Dear Sir : 

Your favor is at hand and contents noted. In reply would say that we do 
not wish any more New Orleans syrup at present. 

We are sorry that you had so much trouble in filling our last order. 
The goods came to-day and we are very much pleased with them. Enclosed 
please find check for $152.40 in payment of the same. 

Thanking you for your kindness, I remain, 

Yours truly, 
1 enclosure. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



LESSON VIII. 

Leam sections 10 and 1 1 of Part I. Remember to clean your typewriter every morning. Practice tlie words 
. in the exercise until tiie fingering becomes meclianical. See if you cannot write the whole of this lesson without 
striking a wrong key. 

EXERCISE 8. 

agent almost always arransjebelievebetter commence 

31112 312323 313212 3 2 2 3 12 1121212112 3 3 12 23112121 

*122 

correct desire different discount entire excellent examine 
2322122 212221 12112 321312223212112221 1321111121231212 

expect explain express friend general interest introduce 
132122 13 2132113 2 2 122 12 2111 11112 31213 1212 3 213 231121 

knowledge manage notice number opinion present profit 
313311211231311 132231 112123 3211231 2212112 223122 

promise property reason refuse render require settle 
2231221 2232123121323 1 211221 2 112 12 2 112 3 2 1 213311 



SENTENCE PRACTICE COMBINING FINGERED WORDS. 
Write'each sentence many times, then make one correct copy of the whole. 

They are almost always correct in theii- statements. Our general ;igent ex- 
pects to pass through your state soon, and will then explain matters fully to you. 
We see no reason why he should refuse .to settle his account. His knowledge of 
the business is excellent, and he promises to manage the propei-ty to our entire 
satisfaction. Let me introduce you to my friend. We noticed that there was a 
great number present. We desire to express our thanks for the friendly interest 

* Right forefinger on e. 



16 EOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WETTING. 

shown us. We believe there will be better j)vices and larger profits. The 
arrangement is excellent. He has commenced work again. Please examine the 
property carefully, and let us know your opinion of it. We must have larger dis- 
counts or we cannot afford to take the agency. He has not yet rendered a satis- 
factory account of his management of the property. I believe there is a difference 
of opinion. He has given several different reasons, and they are all excellent. 
Send the goods immediately by express. We have allowed him twenty-five per 
cent, discount. 

Polish your typewriter with a soft cotton cloth and cover it. 



LESSON IX. 

Learn section 12 of Part I. Fill ten lines with each of the followiug words. 

EXERCISE 9. 

addition anxious appear attend between circular committee 

31122231 3132312 322132 322111 123 4 111 21221132 231122211 

1 23 

communicate consequent considerably demand descriptive determine difficult 

232 2 11233212312112112 231222123111 212 312 21222232221 213121212 121123212 

establish evident execute extensive facility freight however 

123411221 1222112 1312121 132112221 13221221 1212122 13 31212 

23 

illustrate increase independent individual influence necessary occasion 

2112231321 21221321 21212112112 2122221131212122121 112122321 32232231 

ordinary origin al previous qua! it y s incere supply usual 

32121321 32212131 22122312 1131221 2212121 212211 12131 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 17 

SENTENCE PRACTICE COMBINING FINGERED WORDS. 
Write each sentence many times. Remember to use small 1 for the tigure one ami capital for zero. 

Enclosed Ave send you our descriptive circular and illustrated price-list. He 
is anxious to appear well before the committee. It is quite necessary, however, 
to establish communication between the different points. With their extensive 
property and increased facilities, the company is no long-er dei^endent upon indi- 
vidual influence. It is evident that this is no ordinary difficulty. He has deter- 
mined upon his course of action. He knows how to execute, consequently there 
will be no trouble on this occasion. Will you send by freight or by express? 
The original loan was $10,000. The executive committee will attend to the mat- 
ter. In addition to the amount invested during the year 1881, the company in- 
vested $114,000 in city bonds. The increase in the amount of loans and invest- 
ments was $3,150,149.26, or $812,074.11 more than was invested during any 
previous year. The demand is considerably greater than the supply. We guar- 
antee the quality of our goods. You can have the usual discounts. We thank 
you sincerely for your kindness. 

Make ten correct copies of tlie following letter. Remember to begin each paragraph at 5. 

Dear Sir : 

Your esteemed favor of the 3rd iiist. enclosing draft is received, and the 
amount, $105.10 placed to your credit. Many thanks for your kindness in remit- 
ting so promptly. 

We send you to-day our latest price-list, to which we beg to call your 

2 



18 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



especial attention. We guarantee all goods that we furnish to be strictly first- 
class in every respect. We would advise you to jDurchase quickly, as we think it 
probable that prices will advance shortly. Soliciting a continuance of your orders, 
and assuring you that your request for anything in our line will receive our prompt 
and careful attention, we remain, 

Yours respectfully, 



LESSON X. 

Review the diagram and rules for fingering given in Lesson 3. Study andvyrite down the best fingering for 
the following words. Learn their meaning and use. 



COMMERCrAL AND TECHNICAL WORDS. 



abstract ad valorem affidavit 

•appellant assignee auditor 

charter • commercial commutatorf 

colonel defendant , demurrage 

deposition dividend disburse 

electrof fraternal gear 

inventory invoice judicial 

memoranda .merchandise motorf 

policy profitable pro rata 

remittance subpoena tariff 

t Electrical terms. 



amperef annuity 

assets broker 

coupon consignee 

drawee discount 

dynamof election 

indemnity indictment 

liabilities , litigation 

negotiable plaintiff 
promissory register 

traffic voltf 



assessment 

collateral 

circumstantial 

differential 

electric 

indorse 

mortgage 

pinion 

rebate 

warranty 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT /.V TYPEWRITING. 19 



FI^-GERING, WRITmG BY TOUCH. 

Hereafter the exercises will not be fingered, but tlie pupil will be expected to think out the fingering foi 
himself according to the principles given in previous lessons. Make the head help the hands. Finger in such a 
way as to cause the least possible motion of the bauds. Then make the hands help the head. Always finger the 
same word in the same way so that the fingers will learn the words and will write them almost unconsciously. 
Do not allow yourself to be careless in the matter of fingering or to think that it makes no difference how you 
finger words. While there is some difference of opinion as well as of practice among rapid operators of the 
typewriter, yet, as a rule, the most expert are those who have paid the most attention to correct fingering. Mr. 
McBride, who has gained a national reputation by his rapid writing when blindfolded, says : " Work on a system. 
Study the board to save time, and never allow one finger to get in the way of another." Do not strike the keys 
as it happens, but strike them " systematically, intelligently and in such a way as to save effort. You must 
create a chain of communication between tlie brain and fingers, and make them act in harmony with each otlier, 
and let me tell you, when once this has been accomplished the effort becomes purely mechanical; the brain 
ceases to occupy the position of guide, for the fingers take up the task. Relieve the brain all you can of a large 
portion of its effort, thus causing the operator to tire less easily and the working of the instrument to be reduced 
to a minimum so far as the wear and tear of the operator is concerned. At the same time, speed will come un- 
awares, and the ability to write without looking at the key-board will assert itself." 

Use as many fingers as you can and produce evenly printed work. To strengthen the third finger, spend a 
few minutes each day, not in writing words, but iu striking keys alternately with the third and first finger, then 
with the third and second finger, etc. Continue this practice until you form a habit of printing as distinctly with 
the third as with any other finger. The well known expert, Mr. McGurrin, says: "All the fingers should be used. 
This plan lessens fatigue, tends to increase both speed and accuracy,and helps greatly in writing by touch." 

To learn to write by touch, that is, with only an occasional glance at the key-board, sit directly iu front of 
the machine. Keep the hands as nearly as possible in one position over the key-board. When striking the 
space key with one hand, keep the location of the keys with the other. Write very slowly at first, and after every 
two or three words glance at the fingers to see if they are on the right keys. As you continue to practice, look 
less and less at the key-board, only often enough to make sure that you are writing accurately. When you can 
write the whole exercise without once looking at the fingers, then begin to increase your speed, but very gradu- 
ally, that you may not fall into error. Of the value of writing by touch,Mr. McGurrin says : Operatiug the type- 
writer vrithout looking at the key-board is not merely an ornamental accomplishment, but one exceedingly useful 
to all operators, especially to those having copying to do. The stenographer having this ability can copy his 
notes as fast and as easily as he can dictate them to anotlier operator, and so save the trouble, delay and expense 
of securing operators to take dictation. To the copyist four hours out of eight are saved, the work rendered 
pleasant and easy, and accuracy is secured. The ability to operate without looking at the key-board possesses 
so many advantages in saving of time, labor and expense, in lessening the liability to make errors, and is so 
comparatively easy of attainment that in the near future operators who can do it will be the rule and not the ex- 
ception. One finger of each hand should always be left to rest on some one key, and from this the other fingers 
will readily find any key desired. The same word should always be fingered in exactly the same manner, and thus 
the fingers will soon find the keys almost mechanically. 

Make three correct copies of each paragraph in the following article, then make one perfect copy of the 
whole. 

ACCURACY AND NEATNESS. 
Typewriting is -worth little or nothing unless it is neat and accurate. 
Nobody wants slovenly work, smutty pages, bad spelling, or sentences made 
senseless by the careless omission of words. An operator who can copy page 



20 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

after page neatly without omitting a letter or striking a Avrong key is always in 
demand. The salary of an operator depends fully as much upon his neatness and 
accuracy as upon his speed. Speed is worth nothing without accuracy, but 
accuracy is worth something without speed. Those experts who astonish the 
world by their exhibitions of wonderful speed are those who have paid the greatest 
attention to accuracy. When writing 150 words a minute before a critical 
audience, they have no time to make erasures or to correct errors. Their work 
must be inspected as it was first Avritten, and must be without an eiTor to escape 
criticism. One of these experts says: "Those Avho are writing for speed 
should not write any faster than they can write correctly. A business man would 
rather have you spend 30 minutes in writing a document for him and have you 
Avrite it correctly, than have you write the same matter in 15 minutes with one 
mistake on the paper. Whenever you make a mistake in writing a word you lose 
speed, because you have to write that word over several times before you can gain 
the power to write it correctly which you had before you made the mistake. It 
is well to crowd speed, that is, to work energetically, but never push your speed 
beyond the bounds of accuracy. Accuracy must come first always." 

Beware of erasures. In most business houses letter-press copies are taken, 
and a new copying ribbon is so moist with ink that it is almost impossible to make 
a neat erasure when using it. One single erasure will spoil the looks of a whole 
page and prove a great annoyance to an employer. Erasures, moreover, clog up 
the machine with paper scrapings. Start out Avith the idea that you are not going 
to make erasures. If you strike a wrong letter, begin again. In rare instances 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT AV TYPEWRITING. 21 

corrections must be made. But they are only allowable under exceptional cir- 
cumstances, when there is an unusual pressure of work or when an unexpected 
emergency arises. At such a time, a habit of carefulness will be of the greatest 
value and will enable you to send out creditable, if not absolutely perfect work. 
All ordinary work should be without an error. 

"Work may be accurate and yet not be neat. Avoid smutting the paper. 
When the ribbon is new or when copying ribbon is used, the fingers should never 
touch the printed lines. ISTone but clean fingers should ever touch even the mar- 
gin of the paper. (Alas ! that it is necessary to say this.) 

Unevenness of printing will give a spotty appearance to a page. Strike the 
keys with equal force and in equal time. Notice whether the letters printed with 
the second finger are any darker than those printed with the first or third fingers. 
If so, strike more lightly mth the second finger, and a little harder with the other 
fingers. If any finger is weak, take special pains in striking the keys with that 
finger. In like manner observe and correct the work done by each of the fingers. 

Outside of striking a wrong key, the most common errors in typewriting are 
the neglect of a double space between sentences, improper punctuation, striking 
the punctuation marks too hard, disregard of form, running together of words, 
arbitrary paragraphing, and last and worst of all, bad spelling. 



22 EOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



REVIEW QUESTIONS. 

1. What is the location of the following parts and how are they fastened to the carriage : the pointer, line 
space lever, line space stop, bell trip, marginal stop, pawl, hold-fast dog, platen, feed roller, paper feed springs, 
carriage main shafts and racks? 2. What is the use of the platen, are its ends alike, and is its surface curved or 
many sided? 3. How may the platen be turned backward? i. What will be the space between lines if the 
platen is moved forward one notch? two notches? three notches? four notches? 5. How may the pointer be 
placed at any figure of the scale without moving the paper forward for a new line? 6. Explain the method of 
using the marginal stop. 7. What may happen if the marginal stop is fastened too close to the front wheel? if 
fastened too far to the right? 8. What is generally the trouble with a machine that will not work? 9. What are 
the three great enemies of the typewriter? 10. What parts of the machine should be cleaned every day, and how 
should they be cleaned? 11. Explain the use and adjustment of the paper feed springs. 12. Give the location 
and fastening of the following parts : release key, letter space dog, ribbon switch, ribbon support or ribbon clip, 
spools, ribbon ratchet wheels, ribbon arms and ribbon springs, basket, type-bars and hangers, finger and 
carriage tensions. 13. Of how many parts is the release key composed? 14. Explain the use of the release 
key. 15. Why is the letter space dog so called, and what is the use of the letter space dog when the machine is 
at rest? 16. What may happen if the ribbon support is bent upward, and what is the remedy? 17. What will be 
the effect of bending the ribbon support down too far? 18. Where is the spring that moves from one notch to 
another as the ribbon switch is moved? 19. Examine the ratchet wheels in front of the spools, and state which 
ratchet wheel does the most work when the ribbon switch is moved to the right. 20. When the ribbon switch is 
moved to the left, which ratchet wheel moves the ribbon? 21. Explain the method of changing ribbons. 22. 
Give a full account of the monthly oiling and cleaning. 23. Describe the adjusting screw in the hanger. 2'!. 
What will be the result if this screw is too loose? if too tight? 25. Explain the method of adjusting the screw 
in the hanger. 26. Explain the method of alignment. 27. Explain the method of adjusting the screw at the end 
of the rack. 28. What caution is given in regard to lifting the carriage? 29. What is the matter if the carriage 
stops at about 20 or 50? 30. What is the matter if the carriage will not come back to zero, but instead stops 
always at a certain point? 31 . What is the trouble if the paper cannot be inserted witliout wrinkling or tearing? 
32. What may cause the paper to run in crooked so that the lines of writing will not be horizontal? 33. If the 
paper feed springs are too loose, will the paper feed well? 34. What may prevent some of the type from rising 
high enough to print? 35. If the hold-fast dog is too weak, what will be the effect upon the spacing between 
lines? 36. If the paper is inserted too far to the right, passing between the ratchet wheel and the pawl, what 
will be the effect upon the spacing between lines? 37. If letters fall on top of one another when the machine 
is now, what is the cause? 38. What is generally the cause when the machine is properly cared for but has been 
used for some time? 39. Locate the difficulty if only a single key moves slugglisbly. 40. What caution is given 
in regard to the adjustment of the typewi'iter? 41. What should be the position of the operator at the caligraph? 
42. IIow should the keys be struck? 43. Why is it necessary to strike the keys in even time? 44. What may be 
the result if two keys are struck at the same time? 45. What caution should be observed in regard to the weaker 
fingers? 46. Where should paragraphs begin? 47. When should a new paragraph be made? 48. How can a 
partly written sheet be re-inserted so that the left-hand margin in the continued writing will be the same as be- 
fore? 49. How can a line in the i-e-inserted sheet be finished without a break in the line? 50. Give rules for 
fingering. 61. What is said of the importance of systematic fingering? 52. What should be the chief aim of the 
beginner in typewriting? 53. What is the best method of learning to write by touch? 



COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE, 

LEGAL FORMS, 

SPECIFICATIONS, TABULATED STATEMENTS, 

OFFICE HINTS, ETC. 







If not delivered in 10 days, return to 




1 






J. B. SMITH, T i 
New Haven, Conn. i ^ i 






William C. Knox, Esq., 






Pres. U. S. Savings Bank, 






Personal. Topeka, Kansas. 




If not delivered in 10 days, return to 






103 Arch St., PliUadelpkia, Pa. 




i 




Messrs. Dodd, Mead & Co., 






755 Broadway, 






New York, N. Y. 














\sT^Mp\ 






Andrews Mfg. Co., 






195 Wabash Av., 






Chicago, lU. 


If not delivered in 10 days, return to 1 


NisoN-JoNES Printing Co., 
St. Louis, Mo. 




'• 


Mr. Henry B. Jones, Jr., 




Care Jos. Dixon Crucible Co., 




Jersey City, N. J. 







(24) 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 25 



COMMEECIAL COREESPONDENCE. 

SUPERSCRIPTION OF ENVELOPES. 

Addressing envelopes is often the first work given to a beginner in typewrit- 
ing. The main point to be observed is accuracy. More than five million letters 
containing more than ten million dollars go to the dead-letter office every year 
because they are directed carelessly. Be sure that you know what the address is. 
Ask questions if you are doubtful and cannot get the needed information from the 
directory, atlas, or postal guide. Miscarried letters sometimes cost a firm thou- 
sands of dollars. There is no excuse for a misdirected envelope. The operator who 
makes mistakes in the superscription of envelopes deserves to lose his position and 
probably will. 

Insert the envelope at the left-hand side of the machine and roll it a little 
more than half Avay in. Print the name just below the middle of the envelope and 
at equal distances from the right and left-hand edges. Begin the name at 20 or 
thereabouts according to the leng'th of the scale, the length of the name, and the 
size of the envelope. Place a comma after the name, and if a title (as Esq., 
D.D., etc.), follows the name, put a comma also after the title. 

Begin the second line five o r ten s p aces farther to the right than the first line, 
and the third line still farther to the right so that the lines will form a neat slant 
to the right on both sides. 

A comma should be placed at the end of every line except the last, which 
should be followed by a period. Place a period after every abbreviation. 

' On the second line may be written the individual title of the party addressed ; 
as, Supt. Railway Construction Dept. ; Gen. Agt. C, & A- R. R-, etc. If there 
is no individual title, write the street and number, or if they are not given, the 
name of the city on the second line. But if the second line is otherwise filled, 
write the city with the state on the third line, placing a comma between them and 
using the abbreviation for the state, provided it is one that cannot be mistaken. 
When the state is alone on the third line, it is often best to write it in full. 

In the lower left-hand corner and beginning at zero, write such extra direc- 
tion as cannot be conveniently placed with the rest of the address, as the word 
" Personal," the number of the post-office box, or the name of the party in whose 
care the letter is addressed. The name of the county, if given, may be written 
either in the left-hand corner or with the address, between the town and the state. 



26 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

Sometimes the party in whose care the letter is directed is also written with the 
address. 

Occasionally there are only two, and again there are four lines of address. Ex- 
act rules cannot be given for every emergency in life. The exercise of taste and 
good judgment are as necessary to success in typewriting as in any other occu- 
pation . 

When writing a short name on a very large envelope, it is best to space the 
name ; that is, to strike the space key alternately with the letters of the name. In 
such case place two or three spaces between the words, and if the envelope is very 
wide, make a triple instead of a double space between lines. The name of the 
town, if short, may also be spaced. 

ISTever fail to iise Mr., Esq., or some other title when addressing a gentleman. 
Prefix Messrs. to a firm name like Houghton, Mifflin & Co., where the word com- 
pany is used to represent those members of the firm whose names are not given. 
But no title should be prefixed to a company name like Simmons Hardware Com- 
pany, Gorham Mfg. Co., and L. E. Waterman Co., where the word company 
represents the whole corporation and not a part of it. In the latter cases the in- 
dividuals are lost sight of and the personal names Simmons, Gorham, and Water- 
man are used merely as adjectives modifying the neuter noun company. Of 
course it would be improper to address a corporation as Messrs., for that word 
refers to persons and not to organizations. 



Cut paper Into pieces the size of a business envelope and on them write the addresses below, arranging and 
punctuating correctly according to the directions and illustrations given: 

M. C. Eoach, Esq., G. E. P. A. N^. Y. C. & H. R. R., 413 Broadway, ^ew 

York, 2^. Y. 
G. W. Bullard, Esq., West Water St., Elmira, IS". Y. 
Messrs. Little & Becker, 310 JST. Third St., St. Louis, Mo. 
The John Church Co Cincinnati Ohio 
Kev J P Green 3410 Lucas Av City 
Mr Albert McKinney Jr Easton Md 
Frank Gilbert Esq Fairhaven Vermont 

Parker-Eitter-^icholls Stationery Co 400 & 402 ^. Third St City 
Mr Henry Townsend Fresno Cal 
The American Writing Machine Co Hartford Conn 
Dr J T Kent 1419 Walnut St Philadelphia Pa 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT AV TYPEWRITING. 27 

Eev W W Boyd D D I^ewark :N^ J 

Simmons Hardware Co St Louis Mo 

J S Taylor Esq Care Govt Fleet Ashton La 

Messrs Doane & Jones Elraira 'N Y 

A B <0'are Tribune Office Xew York City 

Wisconsin Granite Co S E Cor Clark & Washington Sts Chicago 111 Room 4 

St Louis Book and Kews Co City 

Cupples Wooden Ware Co St Louis Mo 

Messrs Forbes Bros & Co 506 Locust St St -Louis Mo 

Miss E V Grossman 3818 Windsor Place City 

Hon Ira Mayhew LL D Detroit Mich 

Miss Anna B Wright i'ive Lakes Lapeer Co 3Iich . 

Arthur L Sneed Esq Mexico Missouri Box 214 

Messrs Roush Bros Bloomington III McLean Co 

Samuel Smith Esq G A C & A E, R City Personal 

Rev Brother Baldwin Christian Brothers College Chicago 111 

Mr Will Benson Minneapolis Minn 

H H Knight Esq Dulnth jNIinn 

Henry A Rose Esq U S Rolling Stock Co Decatur Ala 

F Wolcott Jackson Esq Gen Supt Penna R R ]S'ewark jST J Personal 

Gen Sanmel Thomas Pres E T V & G R R Co New York City 

John BxSmith Esq Pres Union Stock Yards Chicago 111 



HINTS ON BUSINESS LETTER WRITING. 

Business letters should be clear, concise, and courteous. Replies should be 
prompt and should contain definite acknowledgment of the letter received and of 
its inclosures, if any. Especial attention should be paid to the polite and speedy 
acknowledgment of the receipt of money. 

The best way of becoming a good business correspondent is by the study and 
imitation of the letters themselves. Memorize the business terms in these letters, 
and compose similar letters to imaginary correspondents. 

As a rule the envelope should be directed before the letter is written, and if 
there are any inclosures to be sent in the letter they should be placed immediately 
within the flap of the envelope. When all the lettei'S have been Avritten and 
copied, each inclosure should be folded within its letter if possible, instead of 
lying loose in the envelope. 



28 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITITO. 

The Heading of a Letter. — The heading should contain the full address 
of the writer and the date when written. A period should follow every abbrevia- 
tion, and the parts should be separated by commas. A period should be placed 
at the end of the heading. As a rule begin the heading at about 30 on the scale, 
and about an inch and one-half from the top of the sheet. Business letters are 
almost always written on paper with printed headings. A blank is left for the 
operator to insert the month and the day of the month, and often the last figure 
of the year. Be particular to get the date exactly on the line. To do this draw 
the paper down until the bottom of the printed line just reaches the top edge of 
the scale, roll the platen forward one notch and print the date in the center of the 
blank space left for it. A little observation of the scale will tell you where to 
begin the date. 

If the paper scale is a hair's breadth too high or too low, allowance must be 
made for the deviation. Hence, when first writing on a new machine, test it by 
writing a line on scrap paper and then turning the platen back a notch to see if 
the bottom of the printed line is exactly at the top of the scale. If not, notice 
just how much too high or too low the line is, and when inserting the date on a 
letter head, let there be the same difference between the heading line and the'top 
of the scale as there was between the scale and the line experimented upon. 



Draw horizontal lines on your typewriting paper and write the following headings exactly on the lines, punc- 
tuating them correctly according to the first three examples given : — 

Hartford, Conn., Aug. 17, 1890. 

Delaware, Ohio, June 20, 1873. 

33 E. 17th St., New York, N". Y., May 2, 1890. 

St Paul Minn Jan 1 1889 

Philadelphia Pa JSTov 3 1888 

Pittsburgh Pa Feb 19 1885 

Cincinnati Ohio Oct 30 1890 

Syracuse N Y March 11 1885 

70 Broadway I^ew York City Dec 1 1883 

Boston Mass Sept- 9 1890 

Indianapolis Ind April 3 1889 

Minneapolis Minn June 13 1890 

Macon Ga July 22 18S7 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 29 

Albany N" Y Dec 18 1889 

Duluth Minn May 31 1890 

Louisville Ky Aug- 6 1888 

Washing-ton D C Jan 11 1890 

Ealeigh X C March 25 1872 

Schenectedy :N"Y June 10 1889 

Detroit Mich March 16 1890 

Des Moines Iowa Dec 23 1887 

531 ^Y Water St Elmii-a K Y May 1 1890 

Address. — Unless crowded for room, make a dovible space between the head- 
ing and the address of the letter. The address may be written with single or 
double space between the lines, as suits the taste of the writer. 

Begin the name at 0, and place Esq. after the name, unless some other ap- 
propriate title has been used. Write the rest of the address on the line below the 
name, five or ten spaces further to the right. If necessary, a third line beginning- 
still further to the right can be added. Punctuate and slant the lines the same as 
in the superscription of envelopes. 

Be polite when writing letters. Except when addressing a corporation, Mr., 
Messrs., Esq., or some other appropriate title should always be placed on the 
same line with the name. 

Salutatiox. — The most common forms of salutation are Dear Sir, Dear 
Madam, or Grentlemen. I^'ever use the vulgar contraction Gents. Avoid abbrevi- 
ations in the salutation. 

Begin Dear Sir, or whatever form of salutation is used, at on the line below 
the address, and the body of the letter at 5 on the next line. Or, Dear Sir may 
be indented, beginning at 5 or 10 as is necessary to avoid commencing at the 
same point as the last line of the address. When Dear Sir is indented, the body 
of the letter should follow on the same line. 

Place a colon, or a colon and a dash, between the salutation and the body of 
the letter. In typewriting two hyphens are considered equivalent to a dash. 

When addressing a young unmarried lady, the salutation is often omitted. 
In such case, the two lines of address and the first line of the body of the letter 
may begin respectively at 0, 5, and 10, forming a neat, uniform slant toward the 
right. 

Body of the Letter. — Make your luorh look well. A short letter at 
the top of a page -with a long blank space underneath it will not look well. 



30 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IB' TYPEWRITING. 



Avoid this by beginning the letter a little lower than usual. If a letter is short 
it is generally written with double space between lines. A long letter may be 
written with single or double space as preferred. 

"While the right-hand margin cannot be even in typewriting as in printing, 
yet a little attention on the part of the operator will do much to help its 
ajDproximate evenness. 

It is well to make extra space between paragraphs. Begin all paragraphs at 
the same point so that they will all be in line. A new paragraph should be 
made when beginning to write about a new subject. For instance, a letter 
might be written to a business house inclosing an order for goods, and also 
expressing regret that the firm has met with serious losses by fire. The expressions 
of regret should fill one paragraph. The order should form another paragraph. 
^ Be accurate. One of the most annoying mistakes in a letter is the skipping 
of a word or a line by the operator. It is very easy to skip from a certain word 
on one line to the same word on another line. To avoid this, always keep a 
marker underneath the line you are copying, and as you finish each line move the 
mai'ker to the next line. A narrow strip cut from a card or a piece of paper will 
answer for a marker if you have no copy holder. When typewriting from short- 
hand notes the marker should be so narrow as not to cover up any of the writing, 
because it is often necessary to read the whole of a sentence in shorthand in 
order to get its sense, write it correctly and punctuate it properly. 

Never write on the back of a sheet unless you are assured that your employer 
wishes you to do so. On the second sheet and on all succeeding sheets, place 
in the upper left-hand corner the number of the page, and, if desired, the initials 
of the party addressed. Make a proper separation between the paging and the 
body of the letter. 

A letter should never end with only one or two lines at the top of a new 
page. Prevent this by a little planning beforehand, by leaving more or less 
space at the bottom of the preceding page, by spreading or crowding the 
paragraphs. 

Remember that attention to attractiveness of detail as well as general neat- 
ness and accuracy will greatly enhance your value in the eyes of your employer. 

Use your common sense. ISTever degenerate into a mere machine. When 
you are requested to write a letter in the greatest haste, do not be fussy about 
mere prettiness ; exert yourself to be quick and accurate. But when you have 
plenty of time, do try to make your work look attractive, yes, artistic. Even 
when rushed with work there is no excuse for soiled or wrinkled paper. Smuts 
of color left after erasures are a disgrace. An erasure is never allowable unless 
made so neatly as not to be noticeable except when holding the paper up to the 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 31 

light. Form a habit of %vriting every thing exactly rigid the first time. Otherwise 
you will often have to hand in ngly looking work, or else displease your employer 
by wasting a great deal of his paper. In either case a beggarly salary or frequent 
discharges await you. It pays to do xvorh well. 

CoMPLiJViEiSrTARY Close. — The complimentary close consists of Yours 
respectfully, Very truly yours, or some similar form. Begin at about 30, or as 
near the center of the liue as possible and yet leave plenty of room for the 
following lines to slant a little to the right toward the close. Capitalize the first 
word only, and end the line with a comma. 

SiGivTATUKE. — The line below the complimentary close should be left blank 
for the employer to write his own signature. Below the blank line and further to 
the right should be printed the employer's official title, if any; for instance, the 
line might contain the words Seci'etary, Chief Engineer, or whatever title is 
appropriate. When there is room the title may be written in full. 

Impokta^tt Points ix Letter Writing. — Avoid using a semi-colon 
where a period will answer as well. Business letters should consist of short, 
clear, terse sentences. A semi-colon is seldom used in a business letter. Do not 
use too many commas ; it is better to omit a comma than to put one in the wrong 
place. Strive to know exactly where commas belong and put them there. Do 
not make a mistake in spelling. Do not write My d^ar Sir with a capital D for 
dear. Do not write & for and except in firm or company names. Do not put a 
period after Miss, 1st, 2nd, 3d, 4th, etc. ; Ihey are not abbreviations. Do not 
contract Messrs. into' Mess. Do not be careless or vulgar or slovenly. In case 
of No. 1, JSTo. 2, No. 3, No. 4, etc., always use the abbreviation No. and the 
figure for the number. Dates should always be written in figures. Sums of 
money are often expressed in both figures and words. In other cases, numbers 
under 100 are generally written in words. Inst., the abbreviation for instant, 
means the present month. Ult., the abbreviation for ultimo, signifies the last 
month, the month just passed. Prox., the abbreviation for proximo, means the 
next or coming month. Avoid such abbreviations as Bait, for Baltimore, Phil, 
for Philadelphia, Ad. for Adv. or advertisement. 

The initials of the amanuensis are often placed on the left-hand side below 
the letter. 

When an inclosure is made in a letter, the word inelosure should be placed 
below the end of the letter on the left-hand side. Where there are several 
iuclosures, the number of iuclosures should be denoted by the figure placed 



32 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

before the word inclosures. An inclosure, especially when hi the form of a note, 
draft, or check, should be folded within the letter. If placed in the envelope 
separately, it is liable to be cut or torn while the letter is being opened, or to 
remain unnoticed in the envelope after the letter is removed, causing delay, 
inconvenience, and sometimes loss. 

As fast as the letters are written they should be placed within the flaps of 
their respective envelopes. 

The folding of a letter is a mal^ter of no little importance. Lay the letter 
before you as in reading ; fold from the bottom forward, bringing the lower edge 
to the top or nearly to the top, according to the size of the envelope, then break 
the fold with a paper folder or Avith the nail of thumb and finger. Never use the 
fleshy part of the finger to make a crease, as you may soil the paper. Turn the 
letter around so that the right-hand edge of the paper will be toward you and the 
bottom and top edges will be on the right-hand side. Fold from you twice, 
making the edges meet the second time. IS^ow, when opening the letter, the 
name of the person addressed will be the first thing to be seen. The letter will 
be folded so that a crease runs horizontally across the center of the page, the 
other creases run up and down and divide the letter into three nearly equal parts, 
the light-hand part, if any, being the narrowest. Hold the letter as you would 
if you were going to open and read it ; the fold that is from you should be placed 
first in the envelope so that the opening will be at the top of the envelope. 

SCALE. 

5 10 15 20 25 30 ,35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 

Write this letter again and again until you can write it from memory without making a mistake either in 
words or punctuation. The figures at the end of each letter indicate the number of words in the letter including 
date. Each figure is counted as a word. | is placed at the end of each hundred words. 

1 Boston, Mass., March 29, i890. 

Edward Herman, Esq., 

Worcester, Mass. 
Dear Sir : 

Replying to your favor of Oct. 28th, will say 15 per cent, is our very best 
discount. We send you samples by express to-day. 

Very truly yours, 

(Dictated.) *» 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT 7iV TYPEWRITING. 33 

There is no surer or quicker way of gaining speed on the typewriter than by writing a short letter or para- 
graph over a great many times. An amanuensis often has to write the same circular letter fifty, two hundred or 
more times. Notice how long it takes you to write this letter the first time. Make ten correct copies of it, and 
notice how long it takes you to write it the tenth time. 

2. Philadelphia, Pa., Aug. 1, i888. 

J. J. Gray, Esq., 

Agent, Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Dear Sir : 

I have this day instructed the Purchasing Agent to send you a supply of 
blank forms, IS'o. 1121, Daily Report of company coal received and forwarded. 
I desire that you make a report to me daily on this form of the handUng of the 
company coal supply at your station. 

In addition to the information v^rhich this form will naturally contain, I desire 
such information as will enable me to keep a connect check on the number of 
cars furnished | at Pittsburgh for company coal, and number of cars on hand each 
day at the mines. You will please note this information on report also before 
sending it in, giving number of cars delivered to each mine for company coal, 
number of cars loaded and returned, and number of cars on hand at each mine. 

Please begin making this report to me immediately. 

Yours truly, 

Comptroller. 

169 



34 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

Make ten correct copies of this letter. 

3. St. Louis, Mo., June 9, i889. 

Hon. S. M. Cullom, 

Springfield, 111. 

My deal- Sir : - - 1 was just on the eve of writing you when your valued 
letter of yesterday i-eaehed my table. 

T will cheerfully respond to the call of your committee and tell you what I 
think touching the subject matter of your communication. I also have a tele- 
gram from Gen. Devereaux, stating that he expects to be present and will appear 
before the committee if you desire him to do so. I have answered that you 
would doubtless be glad to have him present. | Like myself, he has been so en- 
gaged that it has been practically impossible for him to make written answer to 
your printed inquiries. The claims upon my time incident to our annual meeting 
must be the apology for my failure, and I had not observed the limitation as to 
time specified in your circular until yesterday. Perhaps a pei'sonal conference 
will be more satisfactory. 

One thing I want to say in advance, and that is, if your committee will 
devise "ways and means" to enable the roads to earn more net revenue, an 
army of disappointed bond and stockholders will | rise up and call you blessed. 
Respectfully and sincerely yours, 

Yice-Pres. & Gen. Manager. 

218 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 35 

Make five correct copies of this letter. 

4. St. Louis, Mo., Oct. 8, i888. 

H. C. Potter, Esq., 

Vice-President & General Manager, 

East Saginaw, Mich. 
Dear Sir : 

Being desirous of securing the order for your Pass of the coming year, we 
hereby make you the following proposition : 

If you will send us a copy of the wording that you desire on your Pass, 
we will submit to you an original design ; and should the same not suit, you 
are to be under no obUgation to us. When submitting the design to you, we 
will quote our lowest prices for the work providing you will | give us the quantity 
of Passes you will need ; and we can assure you beforehand that oiu- prices 
will be exceedingly low. Should you not desire an original design but a dupli- 
cate of one you are now using, we think that you will find it to your interest to 
permit us to quote our prices for the work. We are prepared to furnish either 
engraved or lithographed Passes in the very finest manner, at the most reason- 
able rates, and in the shortest time possible. 

Trusting that you will take advantage of the above offer and advise us 
at your earliest | convenience in order that we may receive the work in ample 
time, we are, 

Kespectfully yours, 

221 

Dictated to M. C. • 



3^ BOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WRITING. 

Make twenty correct copies of this letter. ' 

5- St. Louis, May 1, i890. 

A. B. Gay, Esq., 

Agent Locomotive Works, 

San Francisco, Cal. 
Dear Sir : - - Your letter of the 25th ult. to General Manager Green has 
been referred to this office, and in reply would say that we have but a short 
time since contracted for such motive power as we will require to carry us 
through the busy season of this year. When we are again in the market for ' 
power, will be pleased to give you an opportunity to bid on same. 

Yours very truly. 



President. 

94 



6. St. Louis, Mo., Oct. 5, i888. 

Publishers Youth's Companion, 

Boston, Mass. 
Dear Sirs : - -Please insert the inclosed advertisement of S. E.. Huyett as a 
substitute for the one now running in your columns on an order from our agency. 
Set advertisement in two inches space, making it as attractive as possible, 
and be sure to have change made in next week's issue. 

Very respectfully, 

71 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 37 

DISPLAY LINES. 

Display lines should always be centered ; that is, the center of each line 
should be directly over the central figure of the scale. If the scale numbers 70, 
34 should be taken as the center instead of 35, because most lines stop a little 
short of 70. 

To center a line: — Count the letters, punctuation marks, and spaces in the 
line, and subtract half their number from 34, or whatever is the central figure of 
the scale. The remainder will be the number at which the line should begin. 
"When dividing an odd number by 2, drop the fraction. Considerable variety may 
be given to display lines by making them of different lengths, by writing some 
of the lines in capitals and others in small letters, and by spacing between letters. 
Thus, if a short line is to be displayed to the greatest advantage, it will be writ- 
ten in capitals and the space-key will be struck between each two letters of the 
word. Between the words there should be two, or better still, three spaces. 
Where a line is written in small letters, but is not long enough to give variety, it 
may be lengthened by spacing between the letters of the word. Two consecutive 
display lines should never begin at the same point. Two consecutive display lines 
should never be of the same length. 

Center the following lines : 

EXERCISE. 

First Method of Fingering. 

A LAEGE DISPLAY L I IS^ E . 

Spaced Line. 

FINIS. 



HISTORY 

of the 

UNITED STATES 

-of- 

AMERICA. 



38 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT 7JV TYPEWRITING. 

Make three correct copies of the Preamljle in the following Constitution, and observe the time required for 
each copy. Then make one perfect Copy of the whole. 



7. CONSTITUTION 

of the 
BUSINESS EDUCATORS' ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA. 

(Adopted at its organization in 'New Yoi-k City, 1878.) 
(Amended in Chicago, July, 1880, and in Milwaukee, July 20, 1887.) 

PREAMBLE. 

Forasmuch as there are a large number of business colleges in the United 
States with an attendance as great as that of the normal schools, and as there 
seems to be a want of clearness in the public mind as to the mission of these 
colleges and the place they occupy in the educational field, it is agreed by the 
following proprietors, principals, and teachers in business colleges, and authors 
and teachers of penmanship, to organize an association to be known as the 

BUSINESS EDUCATORS' ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA. 

the object of which shall be to promote fellowship and fraternity among the 
teachers, to draw together in social feeling and intercourse the employer and 
employed, thus giving the employer a personal acquaintance with those adapted 
to help him in his work, and to the employed a personal knowledge of those 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 39 

likely to need his services, to canvass and discuss methods of teaching and 
courses of study, and generally to promote the cause and elevate the standard 
of business education. 

MEMBERS. 

Any one engaged in teachmg or qualified to teach any branch of business 
college education is eligible to membership, and may become a member by a vote 
of three-foui-ths of the members present at any regular meeting, and upon pay- 
ment to the Treasurer of the sum of Five Dollars. 

OFFICERS. 

The officers of the Association shall be a President, Vice-President, Treas- 
urer, Secretary, and an Execiitive Committee of three to be elected annually 
and to serve until their successors shall be appointed. 

DUTIES OF OFFICERS. 

The duties of President, Vice-President, Secretary, and Treasurer shall be 
such as are ordinarily performed by such officers. The Executive Committee 
shall have charge of the business matters of the Association, such as the auditing 
of all bills, the revision of proceedings for publication, the calling of special 
meetings, the preparation of a programme of exercises for all meetings, and 
genei'ally to perform any duty not otherwise provided for by these articles of 
Association. 



40 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

MEETINGS. 

Meetings shall be held annually, during the vacation period, at such time and 
place as the Association shall have designated at the last preceding annual 
meeting. 

DUES AND EXPENSES. 

Each member shall pay annually, at the opening of each annual meeting, 
to the Treasurer, the sum of Five Dollars. It shall be the duty of the Secretary 
to mail bills to all members in arrears for dues promptly at the close of each 
meeting. 

QUORUM. 

Fifteen members shall constitute a quorum. 

ORDER OF BUSINESS, ETC. 

In all other matters the Association shall be governed by the rules laid down 
m "Cushing's Manual." 

AMENDMENTS. 

Any of these articles may be amended by a vote of three-fourths of the 
members present at any meeting. 

(At the Chicago meeting, July, 1890, the name of the Association was 
changed to that which it now beai-s.) 



EOW TO BECOME EXPEBT IN TYPEWRITING. 



41 



TABULAR STATEMENTS. 

The ability to do neat tabulated work is of great value in making out bills, 
invoices, etc. The words or figures of each column should be exactly under its 
heading. After writing the line containing the headings of the columns, lift the 
carriage and write on a slip of paper at what figures of the scale each column 
begins, separating the figures on the slip as the headings are separated in the line. 
In case of ditto points, note what figure marks the middle instead of the begin- 
ning of the word or number which forms the heading of the column. By refer- 
ring to the slip thus numbered, the operator can tell exactly where to place the 
pointer for each column. It is generally easier to begin the different columns at 
5, 10, 15, etc., or at the multiple of some number decided upon. 

When writing figures, be very careful to put the decimal points exactly under 
each other ; units under units, and tens under tens. ]^ever use capital I for one 
except when writing Roman numerals, or when writing on an all cap machine. 

Make five correct copies of the following bill, and rule with red ink wherever there are black lines in the 
copy. 

ITEMIZED BILL. 



8. 



Mr. Henry Copeland, 



Rochester, N. Y., Jan. 31, i890. 



To Rogers, Benton & Co., Dr. 



Jan. 26 



21 yds. Silk at |1.50 

4 yds. Lining " .16 

2 yds. Lining " .20 

2 doz. Buttons " .55 

12 yds. Flannel " .68 



31 


50 
64 

40 




1 


10 




8 


16 








41 



80 



42 



EOW TO BECOME EXPERT IJST TYPEWRITING. 



■Make five copies of the following receipted bill and make the lines with the typewriter, as in copy. 

9. Columbus, Ohio, June 29, i890. 

Mr. Frank G. Wilkinson, 

Bought of Wm. E. Dunning & Son, 



32 

49 

19 
101 



76 

30 

20 
26 



June : 10 : 364 lbs. P. N". Mutton (3) 9^ 

493 " C. D. Beef f«) W 

240 " B. P. Pork ® 8^ 

Received payment, 

Wm. E. Dunning & Son. 



Make three copies of the following: 

10. ACCOUNT SALES of 1000 Bushels Barley for J. E. Wilson. 

-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O' 



1890 
July 



24 



21 
24 



Sold for cash 

1000 bu. Barley ® 

Charges 

Freight 

Storage 

Commission 2 % on sales . . . 



J. E. Wilson's net proceeds . 
Kansas City, Mo., July 24, 1890. 



60 
10 
18 



900 



88 
"812" 



Note. — Instead of @ and ^, at and cts. may be used. Where there is no underscore, a line of hyphens 
may take the place of the continuous line beneath the figures. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



43 



11. OKDER. 

National Blank-book Co., 
Dear Sir : 

Please send us the following by Merchants' Despatch ; 



100 


3 qui 


•es 


726 


Day Books 


48 


4 


i 




u a 


25 


5 






(1, a 


40 


6 






a a 


8 


10 






a i. 


100 


2 






Single Entry Ledgers 


40 


3 






a ii (( 


40 


2 






Long Days 


15 


5 






ii li 


12 


2 






a a 


6 


8 






a i( 


25 


5 






u u 


25 


5 






Double Entry Ledgers 




2 " 






ii It << 


2 




755 


Day Books 


24 


2 






Records 


24 


2 






Double Entiy Ledgers 


18 


2 






Single Entry Ledgers 


12 


2 






Records 


1 


gross 


142 Pass Books 


2 


ii 


180 Memorandum Books 


1 


li 


161 




(( (( 


1 


a 


186 




a ii 



labeled 730 



Yours respectfully, 



44 now TO BECOME EXPERT IX TYPEWRITING. 



WIDE LEFT-HAND MARGIN. 

Many kinds of legal work, specifications, etc., are written on paper with red 
marginal lines. Except in case of marginal notes or headings, the writing 
should all be within these lines, l^otice what figure of the scale is just within 
the left red hne, and set the marginal stop so the lines will begin at that or the 
next higher figure. Remember that all paragraphs should begin about five 
spaces further to the right than the other lines. 

To center lines when using the marginal stop, subtract half the number of 
the spaces in the line from the middle figure of the portion of the scale used. To 
get this middle figure, add the number at which the lines begin to the highest 
number of the scale, and divide by two. 

Make two perfect copies of Manifolding on legal cap with marginal rulings, and notice how much less time 
is required to make the second copy than the first. 

12. MANIFOLDING. 

Some business houses have carbon copies made of every letter written, and 
this copy is filed away with the letter to which it is a reply. In mercantile 
agencies, from fifteen to thirty copies are often made at a single writing. 

The number of good copies that can be produced depends upon the hardness 
of the platen and the thicivuess of the paper. A medium roller will make half 
a dozen and a hard roller fifteen copies on thin linen paper, while with oiled tissue 
and a hard jjlaten thirty distinct impressions can be made at one writing. ^ 

Writing machines, unless otherwise ordered, are furnished with rubber roBrs 
of medium hardness. Where a great deal of heavy manifolding is done, the 
machine should be furnished with a very hard platen. If desired, an extra platen 
can be kept on hand for heavy manifolding, and a medium or soft platen for 
ordinary work. 

Use ordinary thick paper if only one or two copies are desired ; if more, buy 
of a dealer in typewriting supplies, and he will give you the best and thickest 
paper that can be used for the required number of impressions. 

Use only the best carbon ; poor carbon will give very unsatisfactory results. 
As a rule, the thinner the carbon the finer the copies. The carbon and the 
ribbon should be of the same color, black, blue, or purple. With thin blue carbon 
and a blue ribbon, it is difficult to tell the carbon copy from the original, or 
ribbon-printed copy. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 45 

Semi-Cajrbon. — Semi-cai'bon, with carbon on only one side, is the kind gen- 
erally used. Fold down about an inch at one end of a heavy calendered sheet, 
the size of the paper to be written on. Close into the fold of this heavy backer 
lay a sheet of writing paper. Above it, place a sheet of carbon with the dark or 
glossy side down, another sheet of white paper, another sheet of carbon with 
the dark side down, another sheet of white paper, and so on, until the required 
number of sheets are placed in the fold of the backer. When arranging paper 
Avith red marginal lines, place the ruled side on tojy. The last sheet must be 
writing paper, m'aking one more sheet of the white paper than of the carbon. 
Lift the sheets so the fold will be down and from you, and put the whole into the 
machine, fold first in order that the dark side of the carbon may be toward the 
platen, otherwise there will be no copies. The fold facilitates the starting of- the 
many sheets evenly and prevents the paper from wrinkling, as it is liable to do 
when the paper is thin, especially in damp weather or Avhen the small feed-roller 
presses too closely to the platen. If there is any difficulty in inserting the paper, 
or if it wrinkles in spite of the backer, loosen the screws that fasten the paper 
feed-springs just enough to allow the paper to enter easily. 

"When making only one or two copies with fresh carbon, strike lightly; 
when making several copies, Avrite slower and strike harder than usual. Many 
operators use only the first and second fingers of each hand when manifolding. 
Special care must be taken to produce a clear impression if the weaker fingers are 
used. 

The insertion of many sheets at a time into the typewriter increases the 
diameter of the platen and throws the letters more or less out of alignment. To 
prevent this, paste a strip of blotting paper upon the front rail, or track on which 
tli|Wront wheel runs. The blotting paper will raise the carriage sufficiently to 
pi"erve the alignment. 

When the first sheet of carbon becomes worn and gives a faint impression, 
lay it aside for renewal and put a fresh sheet at the bottom. This arrangement 
will always secure a good impression for the last leaf. 

Be very careful not to make a mistake when manifolding. If you write a 
wrong word, cross it out by striking small x over it. Erasures, as commonly 
made, will leave smutty spots on the carbon copies. As a rule, when you 
make a mistake wi'ite the page over again. If it is necessary to erase, proceed 
as follows : Pin the sheets together so they cannot slip ; take them out of the 
machine ; put a book under one of the sheets and carefully erase the error on 
that sheet. In like manner, erase the error on each sheet. Put the whole into 
the machine again, and make the reprint in the proper place. 

Sometimes erasures can be made without taking the paper out of the 



46 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IJST TYPEWRITING. 

machine by simply turning the platen backward or forward far enough to allow 
the sheets to be separated sufficiently to lay a book under each sheet and make 
the erasures. After removing- the sheets from the machine, lay them away 
carefully, as careless handling or rubbing against each other may cause them to 
blur. The fii'st carbon copy ought to look as well as the original which is 
printed from tlie ribbon. If the copies look blurred or smutty when first taken 
from the machine, it may be that the carbon paper is poor, or that the small 
feed- roller is too hard. 

Full CARBOisr. — When a large number of impressions are required, use 
tissue and full carbon. Full carbon has carbon on both sides, and each sheet 
will make two impressions. Count out from a block of tissue paper as many 
sheets as you wish copies. Turn the sheets back but do not tear them from the 
block. Place a sheet of full carbon on the block ; above it lay two tissue sheets 
that you have counted out ; over this place another sheet of full carbon ; two 
more sheets of tissue paper, another sheet of carbon, two more sheets of tissue 
paper, and so on. Tear all the sheets from the block at once and place them 
in the fold of the backer. Remember there must be a sheet of tissue between 
the backer and the first carbon, and two sheets of tissue between the last car- 
bon and the type. Put the sheets in the machine. Move the ribbon back so 
the type will strike the paper directly. The sheet next to the type will have to 
be thrown awaj^, because the type will make holes in it. The other copies will be 
good. "When reading one of these copies, save your eyes by placing a sheet 
of thick white paper back of the tissue sheet. 

Useful Hints. — Carbon paper should always be kept lying flat. A crAse 
in the carbon will make a dark line on the copy. Buy only a few sheets at a ' 
time as needed. Most carbon deteriorates by drying unless kept in an air-tight 
tin box. When laying carbon paper away, always place the carbon sides 
together. 

If you wish to freshen dry carbon paper, lay it in a newspaper, then place 
it between sheets of wet blotting paper ; put the whole in a letter press and 
keep it there a few hours. The next day your carbon paper will seem like new. 
Some renew dry carbon by placing it between sheets of newspaper saturated 
with olive oil, and then pressing for a few hours. 

If fresh carbon is too moist to make clear copies, or if renewed carbon is 
too oily, proceed as follows : Take an equal number of sheets that have been 
used and put with the fresh carbon, placing a moist and a dry sheet face to 
face. Put the sheets in a letter press or under a heavy weight for at least ten 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IX TYPEWRITING. 47 

hoars - - ten weeks will not injure them. The old or worn paper will absorl) 
enough carbon from the fresh to make a number of good impressions, and will 
leave the latter dry enough to prevent smutting. 

A carbon sheet can be used about fifteen or twenty times. 

Practice making a carbon copy of the first two sentences of the following letter until you succeed in getting 
a copy that looks nearly or quite as well as the original. Then make one carbon copy of the ■whole letter on 
ordinary paper, and afterwards two carbon copies on paper with marginal rulings. Use 1-2 for one-half, if you 
have no diagonal line on your machine. 

Cincinnati, Ohio, Januaiy 12, 1890. 
"West Morelaiid Bridge Co., 

Nashville, Tenn. 
Gentlemen : 

Your favor of December 23rd is at hand and contents noted. 

I send you by this mail an estimate of the quantity of materials and costs 
for foundations and piers of the Chattahoochee Eiver Bridge. The quantities are 
based on the profile which Mr. Davison brovight from you. 

AYe have assumed that the excavation for all the piers except for E and Y 
are in soft material, Cleveland cement or clay. Piers S and W are assumed to 
be in rock. The caisson | is figured for pier Y and cofferdams will be used at 
R, Y and S and possibly at Z. The excavation is all figured for vertical sides. 
The piers are of the same general form as those shown on the profile, with 
some changes in the dimensions. The elevation of the tops of the piers is taken 
at from 4 to 5 V2 feet below the line of clearance shown. The piers all have 
a batter of 1/2 inch to the foot. At the up-stream end of the channel piers 
(from El to Y inclusive) the | cut-water is made the same form as at Portland, 
Pa. The down-stream end is semicircular in horizontal section. The starling 
coping is placed with its underside at exactly high water, as given on the pro- 
file. The cones of the starling coping are placed (as shown) at pier ends. 
The rest of the pier above high water is made with circular ends. The dimen- 
sions of the piers under the belting course are as follows : 



»ie 


• K 






8 


feet 


wide 


by 34 feet long. 




S 






8 






" 34 






T 

U 






10 1 
6 




(( 


'■ 35 
" 36 






Y 


& 


^y 


8 




a 


" 37 






X 


& 


Y 


7 




" 


" 36 






Z 






8 




i i 


" 33 





48 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT JN TYPEWRITING. 

2. W. M. B. C. 

The masonry in the piers is fig-ured for Milford limestone with concrete back- 
ing. A supplementary estimate gives the additional cost for putting in a 
granite nosing, one stone at each course. The foundations for the trestle bents 
are of concrete coped with some hard stone, possibly granite. The masonry | 
approaches are figured for Milford limestone in the abutment and for rubble 
masonry of some local stone for the side walls, the coping of the side walls 
being Milford stone. 

It would seem to be more advisable, on the score of permanency, to use 
concrete about the heads of the piles instead of timber gi'illage. In the supple- 
ment to the estimate will be found the cost of this change. 

All concrete is supposed to be of Louisville cement. The mortar for the 
piers and masonry to be made from Portland cement. 

I should think that cylinder piers might be iTsed | to advantage in place 
of the masonry piers R, S, T and Z. I have not had time to figure out the 
cost for use in this estimate, but shall do so soon and send it to you. 

The estimates are for the actual cost and do not include any profits what- 
ever. 

Yours truly, 



A substitxite for the English pound mark £ is made by holding the space key down while striking - and L. 
Make five copies of this letter at a single writing. Write the letter once again making as many copies as 
possible. Use paper with marginal rulings. 

14. St. Louis, Aug. 6, 1890. 

Charles Sydney Howitt, Esq., 
"The Firs," 

Norton, near Worcester, England. 
Dear Sir : 

We would respectfully call your attention to the fact that many investments 
in real estate in St. Louis are paying i'rom ten to fifteen per cent, net, and the 
value of such properties is established by the cost and market value of same. 
We have, at present, one investment of $55,000 that brings over $7,000 -per 
annum, and there are many such, ranging from ten to one hundred thousand 
dollars. Would | it not pay yourself and friends to put your money into some- 
thing of this nature? We are in a position to handle properties for non-resi- 
dents and would I'espectfully solicit your patronage. 

There is, further, a steady demand for money, and it is bringing five and six 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 49 

per cent. ; loans being secured by first mortgage on nndonbted realty values of 
double the amount of loan. 

We could place at least L300,000 during the next twelve months. The 
security being first-class and the interest a good rate, it makes a good investment. 
Could you I furnish this amount? 

If it is your pleasure to consider our inquiry, we would be pleased to furnish 

you the best of references. 

Very respectfully yours, 

226 

(Dictated.) 

WEITING ON NAREOW PAPER. 

Insert the paper at the left of the machine so the left edge will be held close 
to the platen. Notice how far the paper extends on the scale. The bell should 
ring ten spaces before the edge of the paper is reached. This will give time for 
the finishing of a syllable after the bell rings and still leave a narrow margin on 
the right side. The left-hand margin should be at least one-fourth of an inch 
wide. It should always be wider thau the right-hand margin. The line should 
never extend to the very edge of the paper. There should always be the width 
of an m between the last Avord and the right-hand edge. 

If the paper is ruled and it is necessary to write on the lines, before com- 
mencing each new line, draw the paper down until the ruling meets the top of the 
scale, then turn the ])laten forward and write the line. 

Make five correct and good-looking copies of tlie following letter on unruled note paper. Make five more 
copies on ruled note paper, taking care to keep the writing on the lines. Remember the letter should occupy the 
center of the page. 

15. St. Louis, June 25, 1887. 

H. A. Smith, Esq., 

314 Olive St., City. 
Dear Sir : 

After several years' experience as Mining and Commercial Editor of the 
Globe-Democrat, I have entered the brokerage field in connection Avith the well- 
known firm of Bauer Bros. I have charge of all their Mining Stock business, 
and will devote my attention entirely to that branch. My acquaintance with 
speculators and investors is large and valuable, and I am also well posted on all 
the properties listed on the Mining Exchange here. 

We do only a commission business | and pay strict attention to our cus- 
tomers' interests. 

Hoping you will favor us with a portion of your patronage, I remain, 

Yours truly, 



50 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WRITING. 



POSTAL CAEDS. 

Insert the card so the left edge will be caught by the paper feed sisnng and 
the top edge by the paper guide. Cause the bell to ring when the pointer is 10 
spaces distant from the right edge of the card. Begin the heading at about 15 
and as near the top of the card as possible. Omit the address. When necessary 
to save room, begin Dear Sir at 5 and commence the body of the note on the same 
line, writing with narrow space between lines and single space between sentences. 
Use abbreviated words and exjjressions as far as is consistent with good taste. 

There can be no satisfactory writing after the bottom edge of the card rises 
above the scale. When necessary, however, to write to the very bottom of the 
card, keep the card from slipping about by holding the top edge close to thfe 
platen with the left hand while writing with the right hand. This is slow work, 
but, if carefully done, the result is good, especially if before the postal is written 
it has been rolled around the finger or else passed through the machine. 

When superscribing the card, use double space between lines. 

Make ten perfect copies of the following postal, either on postal cards or on cardboard cut the size of a 
postal card. Continue writing on cards until the work becomes easy. 



16. 



St. Louis, Mo., Oct. 16, 1890. 
Dear Sir : 

We advise you to put in your winter's supply of Soft Coal 
at once. Everything points to a long and cold winter. Already 
there are substantial rumors of strikes in the district from 
which St. Louis draws its supply. Prices will surely advance. 
Be wise and let us fill your sheds now. 

Yours truly, 

Ross J. Post & Co. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 51 



TELEGRAMS. 

"When writing- teleorams, remember that every word costs money and omit 
all redundant expressions like Messrs., Dear Sirs, and Yours truly. Your em- 
ployer will not care to pay for mei'ely complimentary phrases, and they are very 
unbusiness-like in a telegram. Teleg-raphic blanks contain but little space for 
writing-; if a telegram is long, it is well to economize room by placing both name 
and address on the same line. Pay no attention to margins or paragraphs. 
Always begin the telegram on the line below the address to prevent confusion in 
sending. Always write numbers in words. Avoid abbreviations. Below the 
telegram write the name of the sender on the right-hand side. On the left side 
place the frank number, if any. A frank is a pass by means of which a telegram 
is sent free of charge. The student should procure blanks from a telegraph 
office and on them co^^y the dispatches here given until perfectly familiar Avith the 
method of writing telegrams. 

The telegram numbered 17 is franked, as is seen by the initials and number 
below it. The nest telegram is marked Collect, because it passes beyond the 
limits of the line on which it started. Of IS'o. 19, the stenographer furnishing it 
says: " This telegram is sent to W. S. Weed, our agent in Toledo. In direct- 
ing, we use his initials only, because the operator in our office is perfectly familiar 
with the names and addresses of all the agents of our line." 

17. Sept. 17-90. 
F. W. Ellis, 247 Exchange Bldg., 

Kansas City, Mo. 
Cannot book flour at offer made. Best rate I can secure to Liverpool is six 
and six equal to seven and thirty-one hundredths cents, subject to confirmation. 
London rate gone up. 

D. F. Jennings. 
D. H. M. 907. 

18. Sept. 17-90. 
J. Corbett, Canadian Pacific Ey., 

Montreal, Canada. 
jSfew Yoi'k quotes thirty-two cents to St. Johns, N. B., inland rate via lake 
and rail seventeen and half cents per hundred. How can you expect to get any 
flour at thirty cents ocean? Cannot you get less than this? 

D. F. Jennings. 
Collect. 



52 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

19. Sept. 17, 1890. 

w. s. w. 

Jacksonville, IN". Y., is shown in Southwest Dispatch Guide-book as taking 
Albany rates. Hence my wire. 

D. F. J. 

20. Construct a telegram that shall be as clear and brief as possible, ordering of 
"Williams & Rogers, Rochester, N. Y., ten copies of Complete Book-keeping, ten 
Initiatory Blanks, and ten Intermediate Blanks, and direct them to be shipped by 
express. 

21. Write dispatch ordering of Shapleigh Hardware Co., St. Louis, one gross 
of three-bladed, pearl-handled pocket knives. 

22. Construct telegram ordering of J. W. Teasdale & Co., St. Louis, 500 lbs. 
evaporated peeled peaches, and 100 lbs. California apricots, to be sent by freight. 

23. Compose a reply from "Williams & Rogers to yourself, saying that they have 
shipped half the number ordered and will send the balance within a week. 

24. "Write reply from Shapleigh to yourself, saying they are out of the style of 
knife ordered, but expect new goods every day. 

25. Construct answer from Teasdale to yourself, stating that your order has 
been filled and goods sent C. O. D. by Mo. Pac. freight same date as shipment. 

SPEED WRITING. 

There is only one way of gaining speed, practice. Do not make the fatal 
mistake of trying to write faster than you can write correctly. If you write a 
word wrong once, you will be apt to write that same word wrong again. If you 
wish to gain speed as soon as possible, work with all your might to write accu- 
rately, and to write as fast as you can without error, but no faster. Many 
amanuenses have increased their speed greatly by writing circular letters, writing 
the same letter hundreds of times. One of the swiftest operators in the country 
gained his speed by writing a paragraph of half a dozen lines over and over until 
he could write it with wonderful rapidity. Then another paragraph would be 
taken. " But," said he, " It will not do to make mistakes. I found whenever I 
struck a wrong letter, I had to write the sentence again several times before I 
could get the ability to write it that I had before I made the error." 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 53 

The remaining letters in this book are classified according to business. Copy- 
each set until thoroughly familiar with them and until you can write twenty to 
forty correct letters in a day. Copy the next class of letters until you can write 
forty to fifty correctly per day, and so on, increasing your speed with each set of 
letters. Spend a portion of each day, or else the whole of every other day, in 
writing the same letter again and again until you can write it both correctly and 
very rapidly. Remember that in typewriting as in shorthand you lose time if you 
write constantly on new matter. You would never learn music by playing new 
pieces all the time. As in music so in typewriting; it is repeated practice of the 
same thing that brings improvement. One hundred letters written once are of 
far less value than one letter written one hundred times. Show your patience and 
pluck in typewriting by doing, not what is most agreeable, but what is best for 
yourself. 

When you can copy correctly at the rate of twelve to fifteen hundred words 
an hour, typewrite occasionally from dictation. "Write a letter or short article 
three or four times with all the punctuation dictated to you. Write the same 
again from dictation supplying all of the punctuation yourself. .Compare your 
work with the print and note all errors in punctuation, etc. If you have made 
mistakes write it again. If not, take something new. This practice will give 
you facility in writing from dictation and will also teach you how to punctuate 
correctly. In a short time it will enable you to punctuate a letter well and with- 
out help the first time you typewrite it from dictation. It will also add greatly 
to your speed. 

In the letters given hereafter, supply dates and addresses when not given. 



WHOLESALE CRACKER COMPANY LETTERS. 

'2^- St. Louis, Mo., Oct. 27, 1890 

Messrs. Wilson & Dodge, 
Indianapolis, Ind. 

Dear Sirs : Your valued favor of the 27th inst. received with inclosure as stated, 
and the amount $206.10 placed to your credit. Please accept thanks. 

As there seems to be a discrepancy in our account, we enclose you a full statement of it 
and ask you to examine it and advise us what we have neglected to credit, that we may 
straighten our books, and in future we will endeavor to keep them straight. 

"Will you kindly return us | the S. P. G. bread and oat meal that are "off," and in 
future do the same with anything you get that is not entirely satisfactory. Your order o-oes 
forward to-day. 

Very respectfully, 

133 



54 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

27. 

Gentlemen: We note yours of the 11th and regret the fact that we cannot make ydu 
better prices than the present ones. We assure you that our prices to you are net cost to us 
and that we cannot do better. 

If the N. O. goods suit you and your trade and you can get better prices than ours, we, 
of course, have no ground for complaint if you buy elsewhere. The prices you quote cannot 
last long however. 

Thanking you for your appreciated favors in the past and hoping that they may be con- 
tinued, we remain, 

Very truly ( your friends. 



28. 

Dear Sir: We learn with sincere regret, both on your own account and ours, of your 
failure in Augusta; but we trust that you may recover from the same in due time. We, of 
course, placed our account for collection in self -protection ; but we hope more from your 
known and recognized reputation than from the efforts of any collector, and trust we may 
soon receive a part or the whole of the account. 

In figuring over your account we found where we had made a mistake of several dollars 
in your favor. The account, as corrected, is as per | statement enclosed. We are in need 
of the funds, and we are certain you will use every effort to pay us as soon as possible. 

Yours truly. 



29. 

Dear Sir: Yours to hand and noted. We are very sorry your goods did not turn out 
O. K. all around and cannot explain how it happened. We know, however, that you are an 
honorable and straight-forward man, and will allow $1.15 on that bill, making your bill $18.00, 
which please remit us as we are in need of funds. 

Kindly favor us with your continued orders and we will always try to treat you right. 

Very truly yours, 



30. 

Gentlemen: Yours of the 12th inst. received with inclosures, and the amount $15.15 
placed to your credit. Your claim of $2.00 extra freight we do not understand. Our Mr, 
Hatch noted on order, " Allow half freight," and we deducted 44 1-2 cents per 100 from the 
amount of bill, viz., 

Mdse $18.45 

Less 44 1-2 per 100 1.33 

$17.12. 

As your rate from St. Louis- to Fort Smith is 89 cents, this makes | half the freight. 
Therefore the balance is still due us, which please remit and oblige. 

Yours very truly. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 55 

31. 

Dear Sir : Your esteemed favor of the 11th inst. just received and contents noted. We 
feel that you ought to be placed on the jobbing list of the Missouri River Compact of 
balvers ; and, if you can assure us that you will only sell by box, we will endeavor to have you 
placed on the jobbers' list, and that will entitle you to ten per cent, discount. 

We are under heavy forfeit in this Missouri River Compact and are obliged to abide 
by its rules, therefore we have to go straight in the matter. 

Hoping to hear from you soon, | we remain, 

Yours truly, 

104 



32. 

Gentlemen: Replying to yours of the 8th inst., will Siiy we regret exceedingly that 
you have any cause whatever for complaint of our Soda crackers. There must have been 
some mistake in shipping them, and either the wrong grade was branded 3x or something of 
that kind, for we do know that our 3x Sodas are superior to any made in the West or South, 
and sincerely hope you will not condemn our goods on this last shipment but allow us to ship 
you some of our 3x goods. We assure you they will please you and we take the responsi- 
bility I of sending you five boxes 3x Soda, such as we intended to send you before, and ask 
you to sell these you have on hand for our account for what you can get, and let us know 
the amount of proceeds and we will credit your account with the difference. 

Hoping to receive a continuance of your orders which in future shall have prompt 
attention and our personal supervision, we remain. 

Yours very truljs 



33. 

Dear Sir : Your valued favor of the 10th inst. received with inclosures as stated, and 
the amount $35.20 placed to your credit on account. 

Will you kindly forward us freight expense bills as vouchers, also itemize discounts so 
that we may make the proper credits, and very much oblige, 

Yours truly, 



34. 

Dear Sir: We find your mail as per inclosures. Work up our " Three Great Crack- 
ers " for H. & D. Also all the fancy goods in cans you can. Also, if they want you to 
stop at Warsaw and Alexandria, do so. If you thought you could get some wholesale house 
in Quincy to take hold of these goods, do so. And be sure and fill Hannibal full of them. 
We received a cash order of yours in town of D.: " These are the finest goods the people 
ever saw." So you see good goods is the keystone of our prosperit}' | and success. 

We inclose you our letter for Lee from Dozier. As we don't know his address, forward 
to you. 

Respectfully, 



50 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IX TYPEWRITING. 

35. 

Dear Sirs : Your order for Sullivan to hand and entered for shipment ; but, before 
shipping, beg to say that it is a business habit with us not to lap bills with parties with whom 
we have no acquaintance. Especially should we feel called upon to exercise this caution 
when the party is a large buyer of fine goods, like yourself. On receipt of your remittance 
of bill, Oct. 28, $166.86, we will be pleased to give the order our promptest and most care- 
ful attention. 

Regretting the necessity of writing thus, but feeling that you, | as jobbers, will appreciate 
our action, and trusting that our business acquaintance may be at once established on a firm 
footing, we may remain with sincerest well wishes. 

Yours trulv, 

129 



36. 

Dear Sirs: Your kind favor of the 26th to hand with inclosure, $12.54 as stated, and 
the same passed to j'our credit on acct. bill, Oct. 9th. In regard to the balance $2.26, while 
it is true we used to pay freight to Little Rock in shipping to jDoints near there while there 
was a cracker factory in operation there, we do not do so now. The mistake you make is 
therefore very excusable under the circumstances. The bill we sent you was a net bill, 
however, and we will be | pleased to receive your remittance for $2.26 at j'our convenience. 

Hoping to hear from you or your successor frequently with orders, we remain, 

Very truly yours. 



37. 

Dear Sir: We regret to saj' we were compelled to refuse draft of Wm. Knight through 
your bank for $50. The telegram attached was fraudulent)}'- used. About two weeks 
since, we wired Mr. Knight at Galveston to draw on us for $50. The next day brought a 
telegram from him saying he had received nothing from us, when we authorized him again by 
telegram to draw for $50. He industriously put both telegrams in his pocket for safe keeping, 
and went to one of our customers who foolishly advanced him $20 on our | account and in- 
dorsed his draft on us for $50. This we paid as the amount authorized by telegram. He 
probably received word at Galveston that we would probably not need his services longer, 
and started northward, stopping at Hearne and using the second .telegram to defraud j'ou, 
and then proceeded to Sherman and used the original telegram to " beat " the City Bunk of 
Sherman. He had implicit instructions not to draw a.nj drafts on us at all. His account is 
already overdrawn some $300. He has gone to Hillsboro, Ark., where he can probably be | 
found, as his family is there. 

This is the explanation of the refusal to protect his drafts; and, as a business man, you 
no doubt appreciate our situation. You may be certain we are not pleased to be placed in 
so unfavorable a light, however unjustly so placed. We trust you will have no trouble in 
securing satisfaction from Mr. Knight and are ready with any assistance in our power. 

Yours truly, 

272 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 57 

38. 

Gentlemen: Your valued favor of the 12th inst. received with inclosures as stated, and 
the amount $64.66 placed to your credit. 

Will you kindly advise us what the difference of $8.66 is for? If for frei.ojht, please 
forward us freight expense bill as voucher. You say nothing ahout the deduction except 
'* less 1 per cent." which is all right. Please let us know what the other is, and oblige, 

Yours very truly, 



3y. 

Dear Sir: Yours of Oct. 29th to hand, and we note what you say and return you the 
freight bill. 

We think you must be mistaken as to Mr. Taylor's promising to deliver, as we gave him 
positive instructions not to do so, and he well understands that $1.35 per 100 lbs. is more 
than the profit on our goods. We do not equalize with Ft. Worth: that is, make 3'our 
freight the same as if you bought your goods in that market. That is the 96 cts. taken off 
your bill. 

Please | consult your memory again, and we think you will say we are right. 

Verv truly vours, 

IIG 



40. 

Dear Sir: You must be more careful in your business transactions. It is impossible 
for us to get your business straightened out. This Case and Can arrangement causes us 
more trouble than all the rest of your business. We have about 3000 cans scattered over 
your territory that customers don't return and won't pay for because 3-ou told them they 
need not do so, and consequently the accounts are all mixed up and balances dragging along. 

We have charged you as follows on account : 

W. H. Goodman I 7.67 

Mrs. Kemmell 3.25 

W. I H. Williams 32.53 

and we shall keep doing so until your route is cleaned up, for we will not have these bal- 
ances dragging along any longer. And we don't want you to sell any more Jack Frost in 
cans, as it seems impossible for you to sell them straight. Every day we get letters from 
your trade setting forth crookedness which we don't propose to put up with any longer, and 
now say to you as plainly as we know how to write, if you cannot do your business straight 
and strictly according to the instructions you | have had repeatedly, don't do any at all. We 
have no end of letters accusing you of stuffing orders, or selling at one price and sending 
the order at another, and it is exceedingly aggravating, to put it mildly, and we do not wnnt 
any more of it. 

Hoping this will be thoroughly understood by you, and that you will appreciate our 
position in the matter, we remain. 

Yours respectfully, 

270 



58 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

41. 

Dear Sir: Replying to your favor Dec. 17th, we will give you the agency for our crackers 
for your city. Will give you 10% off enclosed price-list, delivered, and sell you on 60 days' 
time on all direct shipments we may get from you or your agent from points outside of 
Little Rock. We will give you regular commissions 10% on full card retail orders, and 5 % 
on all stiictly jobbers' orders. 

Hoping this will be satisfactory, we are, 

Very truly yours, 



42. 

. Dear Sir: Yours of the 29th ult. to hand and noted. As we said yesterday, we exceed- 
ingly regret the trouble you have been put to in the matter of the shipment, and we have all 
voted you an angel to take it as good-naturedly as you have, and assure you we appreciate 
it. Now, if you will send us a memorandum bill of the goods each party got, with the 
weights, we will furnish you with the bills against each one at full prices with the allowance 
for freight off, or not, as you choose. 

You will notice | on your bill that we took off 40 cents per hundred to equalize freight 
with Fort Worth. Please show us 3'our expense bill and if we did not take off enough on 
account of railroad raising our aliipping weights, we will credit you with the difference. 

We will ship Mr. Shmidt, ^nick-knacks, etc., on hearing from you that we are expected 
to do so. The 2 1-2 boxes will not weigh 100 lbs., and it would be a good idea to add an- 
other box of some kind wanted, for the freight on the three will be no more | than on two. 
Will bill them to you at the same price as the large bill. As we expect it will be the face 
of that bill and the one for the two or three boxes, your profit will be the difference, which 
won't be so bad for a starter. 

Pardon this long letter ; and, if we can finally get this bill amicably settled, give us one 
more chance to redeem ourselves. We bespeak your patience with Mr. Taylor ; this is his 
first trip. 

Very truly, 



43. 

Dear Sir: Your favor of the 11th to hand and noted. In regard to your Mr. M. L. 
Wilson acting as our broker, we could not entertain the idea at all, as it is in direct viola- 
tion of certain rules of our Association. However, if you know of some man in whom you 
have implicit confidence and whom you could recommend, we would be pleased to appoint 
him as our broker for Knoxville and vicinity, and will be glad to pay him 5 % on sales made 
by him. 

We guarantee every box of goods to give satisfaction, and trust you | may see fit to 
avail yourselves of the above proposition. 

Awaiting your early reply, we remain, 

< ■ Very truly vours. 



IIO^V TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 59 

44. 

Dear Sir: Your favor 6th inst. to hand with enclosures as stated. Accept our thanks 
and kindly continue to favor us with your appreciated orders for goods in our line. 

Yours very truly, 



45. 

Gentlemen: Replying to your favor of the 19th inst. will say, if you will kindly 
refer to our letter dated March 2fi, 1884, you will see that we called your attention to a bill 
of crackers bought July 14, 1883, amounting to $7.91 which, according to our books, is not 
paid, and in your reply you say, " Our Mr. Turner will call on you in a few days and we 
will refresh his memory." Since which time we have heard nothing from you or him on 
the I subject, and the account stands against you yet. 

As we said in our letter of March 31, 1884, we had no doubt the bill was paid; but we 
want to know to whom it was paid, and you certainly must have the receipt. Will you 
please send that to us and we will return it to you by first mail and then balance your ac- 
count in full to Sept. 9, 1884. All that we ask, gentlemen, is simply what is due us, and 
we want to place the blame where it belongs. 

The I little balances of deduction we credit to your account this day, leaving only the 
item of July 14, 1884, $7.91, and last bill of Sept. 9th charged you on our books. 

Hoping that we are not asking too much and that you will comply with our request, we 
remain. 

Yours very respectfully. 



46. 

Dear Sirs : In view of the failure of our late negotiations with the owners of our pres- 
ent place of business through you, we are induced to make another and more favorable prop- 
osition to your principal. We propose to abrogate our lease without consideration, other 
than that we shall be allowed undisturbed occupancy of our present quarters for the term 
of twelve months or less, as we may elect, from the first day of June, 1885, by the month, 
for the sum of one hundred and sixty-six and two-thirds dollars ($166. 6|6) per month, not 
in advance ; also that should we fail to obtain a buyer for our ovens and a jiortion or all of 
our machinery in its present situation, thus obtaining a tenant for you on the terms proposed 
above or otherwise, as might seem best to you, we shall, as under this lease now in force, 
be allowed to remove any and all of our improvements without let or hindrance, at any time 
that may be most convenient for us within sixty days after said monthly tenancy shall be 
terminated, or before. 

Our intention is to move | into other quarters within sixty or ninety days, sell our fixt- 
ures, or portion thereof, if possible. If we fail to find a purchaser, to remove such parts 
and so much of our belongings as we can move with profit. 

We have frankly stated our position, and trust you will lay the matter before your 
principal speedily and in as favorable a light as possible. An early reply will oblige, 

Yours truly, '' 



60 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IX TYPEWRITING. 

47. 

Deal- Sir: Yours to hand and noted. Answering the questions in order will state : In 
an ajrgregate of 115 sales by Mrs. S., there were but six at a discount; i. e., she received 
the full commission on all but six. Three were sold at 5 per cent, off, one at 7 per cent., 
and two at 10 per cent., making a difference in her commission of $30.62 in an aggregate of 
$255.93 commission, or $1706.14 sales. All mail orders from customers on her | route are 
credited to her sales. We think we can make a successful route in southwest Missouri and 
can get her a candy case fi"om a first-class house. Mrs. Bishop should come to St. Louis and 
receive instruction as to samples, etc., and talk the whole matter over with us before start- 
ing out. 

Yours truly, 



48. 

Dear Sir : A paper embodying a contract in the names of ten houses doing business in 
the West, Northwest, and Southwest territory of our Association jurisdiction, to the exclusion 
of all Chicago and New Orleans bakers (also Little Kock") and all members of the Associa- 
tion in apparent good standing, is presented to us for signature. If not apprised of the 
nature of said paper, we will state briefly that each signer binds himself or firm in the sum 
of one thousand dollars forfeit to keep the rules of the Association with certain exceptions 
involving the infraction of two or | more of said rules which we had thought and still con- 
sider binding upon us. 

We have refused unconditionally to sign said contract for several excellent reasons, and 
wish to place ourselves on record before you that, in any future contingency that may arise 
or false light we may be placed in by others, you may know beforehand how and where we 
stand and not misjudge us. 

We fail to see where it is incumbent upon us to bind ourselves especially to nine 
members of an association to do or leave undone what we have already bound ourselves to 
do or 1 leave undone with the nine and with the ninety other members of our membership. 
Particularly do we fail to see where we have the privilege, even if we wished to, of dissolv- 
ing certain compacts with the ninety in favor of the nine. 

We cannot see where the circumstances guarantee such a radical and illogical procedure. 
If the plenary powers of the executive committee had been exhausted upon members who 
are said to be at fault, and as a final resort they hud been excluded from the Association, 
then we could see some grounds upon which to place such an agreement. | But Such is not 
the case. These members are all amenable to the law of the Association and, if breakers 
of those laws, should be made to pay the foi-feit of their sins, which is not simply $100, 
but as many hundred dollars as there are sins to account for, to say nothing of the 
disgrace. 

We trust we have made ourselves understood in this matter and beg pardon for the 
infliction of so lengthy a letter, which, however, the subject seemed to demand. 

Yours respectfully, 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IX TYPEWRITIXG. 61 

49. 

Gentlemen: Replying to yours of the 5th inst., will say we are extremely sorry that 
our asent should have made such representations to you as that our x goods were equal to 
New Orle;ins I'ancy goods. . We never gave hlin any license to do anything of the kind. As 
there were no provisos in the order, we supposed they were sold on their merits and as x 
goods; and, as we say, we sincerely regret that anything arises at all unsatisfactory in the 
matter. As we thoroughly appreciate your trade and have the utmost confidence that you 
will do I the best you can for us, we will say, 'dispose of the goods to the' best advantage 
for us and we shall be satisfied under the circumstances. 

Since commencing this letter the samples you refer to have come in, and we are per- 
fectly willing to be compared with New Orleans, but do think it a little rough for you to 
compare our x goods with our own 3x goods as you have done this time. The A. B. Cr. 
Co. is stamped too plainly on the 3x cracker to be mistaken. We do not pretend that o^r 
X I equals 3x goods of our own make. We return the sample as received that you may see 
that our statement is correct. 

According to the comparison, we conclude you will not make any deductions. Tlie 
show tops were shipped you on receipt of telegram. 

Yours truly, 



RAILROAD CORRE.SPONDENCE. 

50. 

St. Louis, Mo., Oct. 27, 1890. 
Morris Thatcher, Esq., 

Cincinnati, Ohio. 
Dear Sir : 

I think that the C. H. &, D. Road have on their line oar No. 2775 which came 
from L. E. & W. Road, and car No. 2403 which came from the O. & M. "Very probably 
these cars are in the region of Cincinnati and we would like to have them returned to the de- 
livering lines. Will you please see if you cannot arrange for car No. 2775 to be loaded to 
the Nickle | Plate Road, and also if the C. H. & D. will not return car No. 2403 to the 
O. & M. Road? Wish you would advise me what you can do. When I was in Chicago 
some two weeks since I requested Mr. Miles to have a complimentary voucher passed in 
your favor, and hope you have received the money before now. Is there any movement 
of fat cattle from the Bluegrass Country to Buffalo? 

Yours trul}^ 

Asst. Gen. Manager. 

182 



G2 BOW TO BECOME EXPEBT IN TYPEWRITING. 

51. 

St. Louis, Mo., June 12, 1885. 
Mr.W. S. Wilson, 

Master of Transportation, Belleville, III. 

Dear Sir : I enclose kerewith further correspondence relating to the yardmaster 
question at Du Quoin, inviting your attention more especially to the letter of Agent Paynter. 
If it is really impracticable for us to get along without the services of a yardmaster, we 
should accept the situation and co-operate on some fair basis. If, on the other hand, Mr. 
Paynter is mistaken and is simply arguing the case from an Illinois Central stand-point, we 
want to tell them | so plainly and insist upon our views. 

Look the question over carefully before making out your final judgment about it. 
What is there in this bucking business to which Mr. Paynter refers? I have heard nothing 
about it. 

Return all papers with your opinion. 

Yours truly, 

Geo. W. Parker, 

Vice-Pres. and Gen. Manager. 

155 

Enclosure. 

52. 

Dear Sir: Replying to your favor of the 10th inst. in relation to springs for our 
freight car trucks,! have to say that we have no contract with any one in relation to springs. 
I have been literally overrun for the last two months with representatives of diiferent 
spring manufacturers, urging that their particular spring be specified for all new work; but 
so far nothing has been done. 

The Murphy spring has been used upon all of our equipment heretofore through the 
advice and recommendation of Mr. King, our former Master Mechanic. What I desire par- 
ticularly now I is, that Mr. Hunt shall advise us what kind of spring he desires; and, even 
after getting his judgment upon the matter, my advice to you would be to test the different 
makes of springs in such manner as to satisfy yourself of the best spring that we can use 
before contracting for any definite supply. 

No contract will be made until we hear fully from you upon this subject. 

Yours trulj', 



53. 

Dear Sirs : The edition of our Manual of Railroads for 1891 is now in preparation. 
The value of this work as an advertising medium for those dealing with the railroad inter- 
ests of the American Continent is unequaled by that of any other publication. 

The Manual now enters upon its 24th year. It is the recognized hand-book of the 
railway interests and as such is indispensable to railroad officials and every one having 
dealings with railroads. No other work of similar character has ever attained the popularity 
that the Manual has; and this popularity is the | most conclusive evidence that can be 
furnished of its intrinsic merits. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 63 

The value of the Manual as an advertising medium is well attested by the character of its 
advcrtisinf patronage. On page 4 of the accompanying circular, we have had printed an 
extract from the " Classified Index of Advertisements " in the edition of 1890 to which 
we would respectfully direct your attention. The completeness of this classification, its wide 
scope, and the standing of our advertisers have earned for this Index the reputation of being 
the " Standard Eailroad Business Directory "of the country. 

The circulation of the ] Manual, as you know, is commensurate with the position which 
it occupies among the railroad publications of the world. Its subscribers include the ofiicials 
of the railroads in all departments of the service, and being constantly at hand is referred to 
more frequently than any other jiublication treating of railroad affairs. 

Our "Directory of Kailway Officials " to be issued simultaneously with the Manual 
will contain as heretofore, in a convenient form,full lists of the officials of all the railways 
of the Western Hemisphere, and will be placed in the hand of every official of 
importance whose name may appear | in it. Both books reach thoroughly the railroad 
allied interests of this country, — one or both is at the elbow of every important 
railway officer, and manufacturer of railway supplies throughout the whole country. 
You can judge from this the value of the Manual and Directory as advertising mediums. 

We would be very glad to have you extend your advertising patronage to the Manual, and 
would be further pleased to have you test the efficacy of the Directory. As an inducement to 
do so, we will offeryou a special | discount of 25 per cent, from the joint schedule rates for an 
advertisement in both works; in other words, a page advertisement in both would cost you 
$150, a reduction of $50 from schedule rates. 

Very respectfully yours, 



54. 

Dear Sir: Eeferring to correspondence between yourself and J. J. Shade of this office 
in regard to purchase of the railroad cipher compiled by you, I hereby accept your terms of 
sale of such cipher to this company as quoted in your letter to Mr. Shade of May 31st, 
viz., five dollars per copy, j^ou agreeing to have such additional matter as we may desire 
printed in the book at cost. 

I herewith enclose list of names of railway companies, stations on this company's line, 

and names of towns and cities which we desire in this book, and would | like to have you send 

me at the very earliest possible moment tvventj^-five ( 25) copies of the cipher complete, with 

additional printed slips, so that we may arrange cipher to our own convenience. It is not, 

however, desired to have this additional printing done if it will amount to any considerable 

expense, say anything over a few dollars. 

Please advise me immediately on receipt of this when we may expect the cipher books, 

and on receipt of them, accompanied by your bill, will remit check to cover. 

Yours trul\', 

189 



64 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



55. 



PASSENGER DEPARTMENT. 

St. Louis, Nov. 20, 1889. 



Mr. D. M. Kendricks, 

G. P. A. N. Y. C. & H. R. E. E., New York City. 
Dear Sir : 

Will you kindly favor me with a pass. New York to Buffalo and return, in favor of J. 
B. Maynard. Mr. Maj'nard is an employe of this department, and the favor will be gladly 
reciprocated by me. Kindly limit pass sixty da3's from Dec* 1st, and oblige, 

Yours very truly, 

F. Chandler, 

G. P. & T. A. Mo. Pac. 

8G 

56. 

Dear Sir: Being advised by Messrs. Eshelman, Llewellyn & Co., real estate and money 
brokers, of Seattle, Washington, that you are about to take a trip to the above named point, 
I take pleasure in mailing you such of our publications as will prove of interest, containing 
descriptive matter relative to the country traversed by the Northern Pacific Railroad and 
tributary thereto; also maps, rates, and time tables. 

The recent completion of the Cascade division makes the Northern Pacific Railroad the 
only through rail line to Spokane Falls, Tacoma, Olympia and Seattle; the direct line to 
port towns, Townsend, Victoria | and other Puget Sound points, and the popular route to 
Portland, San Francisco and Los Angeles. Passengers by this route have an opportunity to 
see the Lake Park region of Minnesota, the famous Red River valley of Dakota, the valley 
of the Yellowstone, the mining and timber regions of Montana and Idaho, and are carried 
from the Idaho line via Spokane Falls, Cheney, Sprague, Ritzville, Yakima, and Ellensburg, 
through the central portion of Washington to their destination. 

Second-class tickets are good for stop over at Spokane Falls, Washington, and any points 
west thereof, ten days at each place desired, | thus giving our patrons an opportunity to see 
this country thoroughly before choosing a permanent location. Passengers holding second- 
class tickets are given berths free of charge in our colonist sleepers. These cars are carried 
on our "overland" express from St. Paul through to Tacoma and Portland. The cele- 
brated dining cars owned and managed by this company are run between St. Paul and Port- 
land, via Cascade division, on through trains; meals only 75 cents. 

Purchase your tickets at initial point if possible, or at the nearest place they can be 
procured, through to destination, via St. Paul and the | Northern Pacific Railroad, thereby 
securing the benefit of the lowest through rate. 

If I can give you any special information, will do so with pleasure. 

. Yours truly. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 65 

57. 

J. H. Mason, Esq., 

Gen. Eastern Agent, New York City. 
Dear Sir : 

I have your letter of Oct. 20th, in regard to orders for Chas. G. Bragg and J. J. 
Miller, for thirteen or fourteen tickets to Los Angeles and return. 

I still have the orders and now ascertain that both Mr. Bragg and Mr. Miller are out of 
the city, Mr. Bragg having' left early last week for Omaha ; and he asks that I have these 
orders forwarded to Mr. Smith at Omaha, as he will be there on Wednesday, the 2d of 
November. Therefore I will forward | them to Mr. Smith to-day by express. 

Yours truly, 



58. 

C. H. Smith, Esq., 

R. P. C. Union Depot, City. 
Dear Sir : 

I hand 3'ou inclosed herewith trip pass from East St. Louis to Louisville, issued in 
your favor, and good until November 30, 1884. This in answer to your request of some 
days since. 

Veiy respectfully, 

E. W. Warfield, 
Enclosure, Superintendent. 



59. 

Dear Sir: Inclosed I hand you the return portion of two round trip tickets, form " B 
2, No. 12,947," belonging to Mr. eJohn L. Mason, of this city. You will notice that the 
eastern portion of the tickets has been extended until April 1st, and I will be very much 
obliged if you will extend your coupons to the same date and forward the tickets to Mr. 
Mason, 1928 California Av., San Francisco. By doing this you will very much oblige, 

Yours very truly. 



60. 

Waterloo, 111., Nov. 1, 1890. 
J. H. Chesbro, 

Gen. Pass. Agt. A.,B. & C. R. R., 

St. Louis, Mo. 
Dear Sir : 

Next Tuesday evening, Sept. 4th, I will have a party of five destined to Denver, Col. 
Two will start from here and three will get aboard at Attica or Smithton. The ones at 
Attica or Smithton live near Denver and have, I am told, fixed upon the Wabash as their 
route to Kansas City. I have an order for two tickets for the parties who get aboard here, 
but our G. P. A. has no tickets | in stock. If I sell these two tickets, of course the others 
will go with them. 

5 



66 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

I think you had better send a man down here Tuesday. He can arrive here at 11:20 
A. M. via C. S. L., to pick this crowd up. If you cannot send a man, send me two first- 
class limited tickets for my party so as to hold the crowd. 

Yours truly, 

H. W. Stein, Agent. 

175 

61. 

St. Louis, Mo., Nov. 3rd, 1890. 
H. W. Stein, Esq., 

T. A. X.,Y. & Z. R. R., Waterloo, 111. 
Dear Sir: 

I am in receipt of your favor of the 1st inst., and contents noted. In reply to same 
will state that we will arrange to have our T. A., Mr. Brown, visit Waterloo, 111., to- 
morrow if we can communicate with him in time. In the meantime I trust that you will be 
able to secure the party via St. Louis and the A.,B. & C. Line. 

As requested, I enclose you herewith two | first-class tickets from St. Louis to Denver, 
Col., for which please remit me $45.00 or at rate of $22.50. This is the lowest rate in effect 
from St. Louis. If you do not secure the party, please return the tickets to me jiromptly. 

Yours truly, 

J. H. Chesbro, G. P. A. 

158 

62. 

Waterloo, 111., Nov. 4, 1890. 
J. H. Chesbro, 

Gr. P. A. A.,B. &C. R. R., 

St. Louis, Mo. 
Dear Sir : 

Herewith find the two Denver, Col., tickets returned. 

After I had written you, our G. P. A. concluded to use our skeleton form and sent me 
two which I sold to parties. Hope you will succeed in getting the remaining three of the 
party. 

Yours truly, 

H. W. Stein, Agent. 

75 

63. 

Dear Sir: How much will you sell me round trip excursion tickets for myself and wife 

to , California, and return, limited six months from dates? 

We desire to start last of this month or first of December. We will want stop-over 
jarivilege at pleasure west of St. Louis. I prefer to go over your road, provided I can get as 
good rates as I can over other roads. 

Very truly yours, 

S. J. Bonner. 
P. S. What are sleeping car charges from St. Louis to Los Angeles? 

S. J. B. 
91 



EOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 67 

64. 

Dear Sir: I am in receipt of your favor of the 3rd inst. and in reply to same will state 

that the present round trip rate from St. Louis to , Cal., is $92.00. These tickets 

are limited for going passage to a California terminal to sixty daj's from date of sale, and to 
six months for return. Stop-overs are allowed at pleasure. 

I take pleasure in mailing you a map and time table of our line. The price for one 

double berth from St. Louis to , in Pullman sleeper, is $14.50. 

Your truly, 

100 



65. 

Dear Sir: Will you please give me the li. E. fare from St. Louis to Albuquerque, 
N. M., both first-class and emigrant. An early reply will oblige. 

Yours truly. 



66. 

Dear Sir : I am in receipt of your favor of the 31st ult. which has been referred to 
this department by our General Manager. In reply to same will state that on application 
to our Ticket Agent, at No. 25 S. 4th St., or at Union Depot, St. Louis, you can procure 
through tickets from St. Louis to Albuquerque, N. M., at the following rates, viz., first- 
class unlimited $38.00, second-class $30.00. 

I take pleasure in mailing you a map and time table of our line, and shall be pleased to 
furnish you | with any further information that you may desire. 

I will state that we are now running a through tourist car from St. Louis to Albu- 
querque, leaving St. Louis at 8:15 p. m. dail3^ 

Yours truly, 



67. 

Dear Sir: The Alliance people think they will have a big crowd from here to Empire, 
Saturday Nov. 1st, and ask if you will make them excursion rates. 

How many will it require to get a one-fare rate ? 

Yours truly. 



68. 

Dear Sir: I am in receipt of yours of the 27th inst. ; contents noted. If you can sell 
forty or more tickets Saturday, November 1st, Huntington to Empire and return, you may 
make round trip excursion rate of $.65, tickets to be limited, good for return on or before 
Nov. 2nd, 1890. If you cannot sell as many as forty tickets, regular round trip rates will 
apply. Advise me hereon how many tickets you sell in the event of your making excursion 
rate herein authorized, that I may send you special order to be | attached to your weekly 
ticket report to the Auditor as authority. 

Very respectfulU^ 



68 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

St. Louis, Mo., Nov. 3, 1890. 
Miss Ellen McGrath, 

8ecretaiy S. W. Missouri Teachers'Iustitute, 

De Soto, Mo. 
In reply to your favor of the 30th ult., would state that we would be pleased to make our 
usual reduction for delegates attending the Teachers Annual Institute, to be held at De Soto, 
Mo., December 30, 31, 1890, and January 1, 1891. Delegates paying full fare over this 
line to St. Louis will be returned, on presentation of proper certificate on or before Jan. 
3rd to our agent, Union | Depot, St. Louis, at one cent per mile. 

Yours truly. 



70. 

Dear Sir: I enclose herewith letter from Eev. S. A., which explains itself. I have re- 
quested Mr. A. to call at your ticket office at North Manchester and told him that j^ou would 
sell him ticket at clergy rate. North Manchester to St. Louis. Use book excursion; erase 
words " and return," and limit not good after date of sale. Notify me hereon if you sell 
the ticket, date of ■ sale and limit, that I may send you special order to be attached to your 
weekly ticket report to the Auditor as authority. 

Yours truly. 



71. 

Dear Sir: On August 12th I requested you to furnish M. and J. each with one first- 
class limited ticket from Eureka Springs to Chanute, Kansas, via Pittsburg, and up to the 
present date have received no advice from you that the tickets had been furnished. I am 
advised by Mr. Johnson, who requested me to have the tickets furnished, that the agent at 
Chanute states that he received advice from you direct that the tickets had been furnished 
and he had remitted direct to you in settlement for same. Please advise me if this is 

correct that our | order may be cancelled. 

Yours truly, 

106 



72. 



RAILWAY MAIL SERVICE. 

St. Louis, Mo., March 9th, 1837. 



R. H. Cornell, Esq.,/ 

Transfer Postal Clerk, 
City. 

Sir: Mails for Cairo and Poplar Bluff should be forwarded over St. Louis & Texar- 
kana R. P. O. until further notice. The service oa the Cairo & Poplar Bluff Line is inter- 
rupted by high water, and trains do not leave and arrive at Cairo. 



BOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 69 

Trains 605 and 606, St. Louis & Columbus Line, are discontinued until the water sub- 
sides. Mails heretofore forwarded on Train 605 will have to be held for and dispatched by 
Tram 607. Please | be j^overned accordingly. 

Very respectfully, 

J. P. Lindsay, 

Chief Clerk, 
no 



73. 

Weekly Order to Eailway Postal Clerks: 

Blockades. — When severe snow storms threaten to blockade the railways, it will be 
the duty of allKailway Postal Clerks who are off duty to report in person at the terminus 
of their route from which they begin and end their runs, and to take charge of any runs they 
may find vacant, or to assist the other clerks if necessary. 

Those who begin and end their runs in Chicago will, in such cases, report to the Superin- 
tendent in person, and those who begin and end their runs at the headquarters of a Chief 
Clerk I will report to him in person. This order is issued to prevent any unnecessaiy delay 
to the mails, and must be obeyed in all cases. See Section 752 "Instructions to Railway 
Postal Clerks." 

It will be required of each clerk off duty to keep himself informed as to the condition of 
his line during the winter months, when storms are liable to delay the trains, in order that no 
runs may be left vacant. Clerks will promptly notify their Chief Clerks, or (if not under 
the jurisdiction of a^ Chief Clerk) this office by wire whenever their trains | are blockaded or 
seriously delayed by snow or other causes. Upon the opening of a line that has been 
blockaded, a full report of all failures or partial failures to perform service (giving dates) 
must be made to the Chief Clerk or this office. All employees who are in charge of a Chief 
Clerk will make a full report of all failures to perform service during blockades to such offi- 
cer. All others will make these reports to this office. 

Clerks-in-Charge on lines where full R. P. O. cars are in use will make similar reports of 
every case | where a postal car does not make a full trip over the whole length of the route, 
or where a shorter car than usual is on the run, giving points between which cars were not 
run, or between which shorter cars were used. The utmost accuracy is enjoined upon all in 
making up these reports. It is especially important that clerks make these reports immedi- 
ately upon resumption of service, and great care must be taken to tiave such reports abso- 
lutely correct, as upon this information this office reports each case to the Department. 

Return Mails. — It is the duty of | conductors of mail trains, either in person or by 
their brakemen, to notify R. P. Clerks where they are to meet trains running in opposite 
direction, provided it be at other than the schedule meeting point, so that all return or 
"go-back" mails maybe properly put off and connected. Where this information is not 
voluntarily given, the Clerk-in-Charge should ask for it ; and whenever any return mail is 
delayed through failure of the train men to give this necessary information when called 



70 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

upon, a full and separate report must be made to this office by the | Clerk-in-Charge, givin"- 
date, number of his train, amount of mail delayed, and explaining all the circumstances. 
Be governed accordingly. 

Jas. E. White, 

Superintendent. 

626 

74. 

Sir: Received to-day at 9 a. m. from St. Louis and Atchison No. 1 (outbound) a 
pouch for St. Louis, Mo., from New York. Am unable to say whether this was mispiled by 
Vandalia No. 7 or missent from St. Louis office. 

Clerk-in-Charge Primm will probably be able to state at what time and from -whom 
pouch was received by him. 

Very respectfully, 



75. 

Sir : There is an error in the original report of this irregularity. 

The porter who carried pouch to this office stated it was from Vandalia line, and the 
original report was made immediately and sent to your office. The porter who received 
pouch from Mo. Pac. car was seen afterward, and he stated the pouch was missent to St. 
Louis and Atchison car from Toledo and St. Louis R. P. O., arriving date the irregularity 
occurred. 

Records of this office show notation of particulars in the case. 

Respectfully, 



FREIGHT. 

76. 
7645. 
G. 

April 25, 1881. 
T. D. Flippen, Esq., 

G. B. R. 

Dear Sir: Herewith I hand you claim of Graham Paper Co. for damage on a lot of 
paper shipped from New York to St. Louis. 

The E. B.'s attached refer to Nashville W. B's, from which you will be able to locate 
the shipments. 

I examined the paper at consignees' store, and found it to be damaged as claimed. The 
consignment was damaged fully 50%, which was partly done by the boxes having been 
renailed, and it was done | in such a clumsy and unskillful manner, that the nails instead of 
going into the wood were driven into the paper. This was partly due to the strips being 
placed across the middle of the box and driven in, and after going through the box covering 
the nails naturally went into the paper, and in this case it was in the middle of the sheet. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 71 

The greater part of it, however, was damaged by water, which completely spoiled the 
paper, and rendered it entirely worthless. 

The entire damage was of such a nature as to render detection almost impossible until | 
the cases were opened. This is plainly shown from the fact that the Graham Paper Co. re- 
ceived it, as did also this company at Columbus without exception. I do not think that 
any of the damage occurred on the I. M. & S. Ry., as the paper was entirely dry upon 
arrival in St. Louis, which shows that the injur}^ was long standing. We had no occasion 
to renail the boxes, as they reached St. Louis under Columbus seals. 

Please investigate and authorize me to charge you with the amount claimed and oblige, 

Yours truly, 

S. Frink, < 

G. F. A. 

300 

77. 

51027 

13960 Sept. 13, 1883. 

S. H. Skinner, Esq., 

Denton, Tex. 

Dear Sir: Answering your favor of Aug. 31st, inquiring about claim presented 
by you numbered as above, I beg to say that the papers are now with our Division Claim 
Agent for investigation and I have just asked for their early return. I will keep the matter 
in sight and push it to a conclusion and advise you of the result without a moment's 
unnecessary delay. In the meantime I trust you will not deem | it necessary to resort to 
the courts. 

Yours, etc., 

Frank Trumbull, 

Freight Auditor. 
113 

78. 

St. Louis, Mo., Aug. 28, 1882. 
Account Claim, $123.33. 
Our No. 12,303. 
Wabash No. 12,463. 
C. G. Eddy, Esq., 

G. E. F. A., New York. 

Dear Sir : I am in receipt of a letter from Messrs. Kellum & Rotan of recent date, 
urgently requesting settlement of their claim 12,463. You understand this matter thor- 
oughly and it will therefore be unnecessary for me to go into detail ; suffice to say that I am 
advised by Mr. H. H. Wheeler, G. | F. A. Wabash R. R., under date Aug. 22d, that he 
authorized A. W. Colton, Esq., Manager Wabash Lake Line, to pay the claim last May 2nd. 
You will recognize the importance of pushing up our Eastern friends. We did every- 
thing possible here long ago, and we should not be compelled to shoulder the blame for this 
additional delay. We authorized Mr. Wheeler of the Wabash to pay our proportion last 
April, and I cannot comprehend why the matter still hangs fire. 



72 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITIRG. 

Mr. B. O. Bowers, Messrs. Kellum & Rotan's broker, should be impressed with the 
fact that I we are not blamable for this delay, that we have done everything in our power to 
expedite the adjustment of the claim. 

Yours truly, 

Frank Trumbull, 

Freight Auditor. 
We will continue the struggle to get the claim paid by wire from this end. 



79. 

Dear Sir : Referring to this claim of yours for overcharges on shipments fruit trees, I 
have done the best I could and have been unable to arrange a settlement. The trouble lies 
in the fact that the trees came over two different routes to St. Louis. I would, therefore, 
request that you make two claims of this and give them to the roads issuing the bills of 
lading to adjust. 

By complying with the above, you will obtain payment sooner and oblige, 

Yours truly, 



80. 

Dear Sir : In handing you these papers I would call your attention to the fact that 
my agreement with you allows you the same for transferring as the Wiggins Transfer Com- 
pany, or $6.00 per car on freight put into our yards. This divided, allows you $4.00 for 
crossing the river, $1.00 for switching to the Elevator, and $1.00 for Incline. 

Now on this shipment this company paid the Incline charges, or $1.00, which amount 
your company should have paid. I would therefore request that you remit $1.00 and 
oblige, 

Yours tru^ly, 



81. 

Dear Sir: In returning these papers I would respectfully call your attention to letter 
attached from our agent at Belmont, in which he says that cars are ready for delivery some- 
times quite a length of time before you take them. It hasoften caused very serious trouble, 
as in this case where a delay followed which has held this sausage a couple of days longer on 
the route than it should. There was no delay up to Belmont and, as the fault lay entirely in 
your company's not taking the car, I cannot see wherein this company is responsible, and | I 
would therefore decline to participate in the claim. 

Yours truly. 



82. 

Dear Sir: The one coil rope mentioned in the papers has been forwarded on St. Louis 
W. B. 166, Jan. 10th, 1881. 

Please have same delivered to consignee and let him make a bill for all loss sustained 
and return same to this office with all these papers attached, and oblige. 

Yours trulv, 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 73 

83. 

Gentlemen: Replying to yours of recent date relative to claim acct. Mark S. 
Cohn, rebate $317.75, have to say that I am unable to locate a claim of this description. 

This department furuishes a postal card acknowledgment for every claim registered, 
and, if this card is examined, your client will find that we have also given the claim number 
to which claimants are earnestly requested to refer when corresponding relative to the claim. 
I am unable to locate the claim at present owing to the inadequacy of the reference supplied. 
If you will reflect for a | moment, you will readily comprehend that we have thousands of 
claims on hand and under course of investigation, and to locate any particular claim without 
the proper reference is by no means an easy undertaking. 

If your client is unable to produce the postal card.please obtain from him any particulars 
you may be able and advise me, and I will again give the matter prompt attention to a 
thorough search. 

Yours truly, . . 



84. 

51914 
51638 
51639 
51640 
Nov. 30, 1883. 
Brown Medicine Co., 

St. Louis, Mo. 
Gentlemen : 

Replying to your favor of the 13th inst., relative to the above claims, beg to advise you 
that claim No. 51914 was vouched a few days since and will be pushed through with every 
possible dispatch. 

As to claim No. 51638, — under date of October 9th, we returned all papers to our agent 
Mr. Byles with instructions | to hand you same and to inform you that the 2 boxes for which 
claim was made were delivered consignees April 30th, 1883. I trust Mr. Byles has 
complied. Would suggest that you call on him if he has not closed the matter up with you. 
As to claim No. 51639, shipment 1 box medicine to J. A. Cook, Lewisville, Texas, 
our agent at Henderson, Texas, advises me that this box of medicine has been delivered to 
consignee's forwarding agents who still have it in their warehouse (as far as we have | 
learned) and that consignee has been so notified. There are two Lewisvilles in Texas, the 
other being a point on the M. K. T., where the box was first billed. As no county was 
specified on dray ticket, we are not responsible for the delay. I wrote Mr. Byles, under 
date Sept. 25th, in substance tHfe same as above and requested him to return you dray ticket. 
I hope he has done so. 

Claim 51640 is still under investigation and being pushed vigorously. 

Yours truly, 

Frank Trumbull, F. A. 

♦ 293 



74 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WRITING. 

85. 

Dear Sir: Responding to your inquiry concerning claim for loss of H. H. G., beg to 
advise that I have this day wired our division claim agent of Ft. Worth, in whose hands 
papers are for investigation, to return claim to me at once. Upon receipt I will at once issue 
voucher, if goods are not found and amount claimed is reasonable, or will promptly advise 
you. 

I beg leave to call your attention to the fact that a claim of this kind could not be paid 
first and investigated afterwards, as, in the event of goods being found, they | would not 
realize beyond a small part of what they may be worth to you. 

Yours truly. 



86. 

Dear Sir: Herewith claim E. D. Mathews & Co. returned, declined. 

I fail to understand why the I. M. & S. Ry. is in any way responsible for this loss. 
The mackerel was delivered to consignees in good order. If the parties so receiving the 
goods thought best to leave them on the platform for thirty-five days or even more, it is not 
our fault if the goods perished. 

Had the consignees immediately upon receipt of goods the first time showed and veri- 
fied their loss, we might entertain the claim, but under the circumstances I cannot pay the 
claim. I 

Yours truly. 



87. 

Dear Sir: Referring to yours of the 4th inst., if the enclosed statement purports to 
cover the shipments to Messrs. Dodge, Potter & Co., for season 1879-80, it is very evident 
that consignees are somewhat confused in regard to their shipments and receipts ; there were 
over 800 bales shipped from Texarkana. 

If statement covered entire shipments from points named, we would consent to take the 
case in hand and show delivery to connections at St. Louis. As it does not cover their ship- 
ments, we must respectfully decline to take any action in the | matter for the present. 

If, to satisfy claimants, we are obligedtotrace all the cotton shipped to them, we shall 
ask for certified copies of bills of lading. 

Yours truly. 



88. 

Dear Sir : Am I to understand from attached that you positively decline to pay more 
than $17.00? The claim is for $45.50, and as your road alone was responsible for the loss, 
you should pay the amount, subtracting the freight on the loss from St. Louis south. 

Roads south of St. Louis are not interested in this matter, but the claim has got to be 
paid, and by whom? Certainly not by those roads which did not do the damage, but by 
the O. & M. where the injury is located. 

Why did not your | agent, when he discovered the whisky was leaking, have it trans- 
ferred to other barrels or have same barrels recoopered, and thus prevent further loss? 

Yours truly. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 75 

89. 

Gentlemen: Returning herewith your claim on 1 car apples from Decatur, Mich., to 
Dallas, would call your attention to the fact that B. L. reads to Longview, Tex., to which 
point the ajDples were forwarded. J. C. Turner, the consignee, refused to receive the goods 
when you were asked to order disposition ; and, as per j^our instructions, the consignment 
was rebilled from Longview to Dallas. 

I have referred the matter of the overcharge to the T. & P. Ry., and they refuse to re- 
fund anything inasmuch as they would not have paid anything had the shipment remained 
at Longview. | The contract on shipment through to Dallas does not hold good in the case, 
and I cannot see but what the charges will have to remain as they are. 

Please correct your bill accordingly, and oblige, 

Yours truly. 



90. 

Dear Sir : Herewith I hand you claim of B. F. Hunter for $17.40 on loss from bill of 
goods bought of White & Greer of Cairo, 111., and consigned to himself at Sikeston, Mo. 

The facts in the case are fully explained by our agent at Cairo, in a letter from him dated 
Oct. 26, 1880, which almost conclusively proves that most, if not all of the goods were lost 
while being switched by the C. & O. R. R. I have asked N. S. Pennington, G. F. A., to au- 
thorize me to charge the | C. & O. R. R., but he declines on the ground that his company 
merely switched the cars and cannot be held responsible for the loss. Now the question 
arises, can the C. & O. R. R. be held accountable for the goods entrusted to their care to be 
switched by them, when this company pays them a valuable consideration for doing our 
switching at that point. 

Please state which company pays the claim, and oblige. 

Yours truly. 



91. 

Gentlemen: Herewith I hand you your D. T. for 30 cases yeast powder, consigned to 
Le Geirse & Co., Galveston, Tex., and on which we are asked to pay for 1 case yeast powder 
lost. 

Twenty minutes after signing this receipt, our receiving clerk noticed that he had signed 
for one too many, and immediately saw you regarding the shortage, but you refused to 
make same good. 

While you have our receipt for 30 cases and can hold us responsible for same, still all 
the evidence goes to prove that you delivered to this company but 29 | cases, which being 
all we received, you should not expect pay for one we never got. I know that when you 
look at it fairly you will reconsider your former decision and have claim withdrawn, as it 
was you who obtained the benefit of the error. Your early attention and return will oblige, 

Yours, 

154 



76 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT AV TYPEWRITING. 

92. 

Gentlemen : Keferring to your letter of the 10th inst. relating to claim of Mrs. P. Clift 
for loss of H. H. goods, would say that I herewith inclose to you all papers relating to same, 
showing that the I. M. & S. Ey. delivered these goods to the T. & P. Ey. Dec. 30, 1879. 
When we did so deliver the goods, our responsibility in the matter ceased. 

I would advise you to refer this matter to W. H. Newman, G. F. A. T. & P. Ey. at 
Marshall, Texas. 

Yours truly, 

97 



93. 

Gentlemen: Herewith I return your claim against this company for overcharge in 
weight on shipment green hides from Eussellville, Ark., to St. Louis, and would call your 
attention to the indorsement of agent at Eussellville, in which he states that the shippers 
have been filling up hills at a less weight than the hides actually weighed. He weighed 
these hides, and certifies as to the correctness of the weight as billed. 

From above circumstances, I must decline to entertain the claim. 

Yours truly, 



94. 

Dear Sir : Eeferring to your claim for damage to bagging at Little Eock, would call 
your attention to the fact that the B. L. consigns this shipment to the care of the steamer 
"Big Eock," Little Eock, Ark. When, therefore, we notified (as we did as soon as the 
freight arrived at Little Eock) the boat that the bagging was there, our responsibility ceased. 
Notwithstanding this fact, however, we took as good care of the bagging as it was possible 
under the circumstances; but it made the baggage subject to charges for storage which we 
never asked you to pay. | I cannot see wherein this company is liabl« and I must, therefore, 
declina to entertain the claim. 

Yours truly, 



95. 

Gentlemen: Eeferring to attached papers would say that, through mistake at the end of 
the line, the whisky was billed through to Marshall, Texas, while according to the bills of 
lading it should have been billed to Jefferson, Texas. If it had been billed correctly, you 
would have had to pay freight from Jefferson to Marshall of 27 per cwt., which added to the 
B. L. rate to Jefferson would have made a through rate of $1.02. | Under the circumstances 
I would request that you reduce your bill to $11.52, which allows Line $1.02 per cwt. I ask 
this of you because the T. & P. Ey. absolutely refuses to refund anything, which throws the 
entire account on the I. M. & S. Ey. I am willing to refund all the account on the I. M. 
& S. Ey., which amounts to $11.52. 

Yours truly, 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WRITING. 77 

96. 

Dear Sir: Referring to your letter of the 19th inst. relative to balance due you of 

$186.72, would say that you were to be allowed 15 cts. rebate when the meal was billed at 

75 cts., which would give you a rate of 60 cts. per barrel, or exactly the amount you were 

to be allowed. As I cannot allow you 15 cts. per barrel on those shipments billed to 

you at 60 cts., I made voucher for those billed at 75 cts., and so considered the claim 

settled. I 

Yours truly, 

102 

March 11, 1887. 



97. 



E. D. Lewis, Esq., 

Agent, Little Eock, Ark. 

Sir: Herewith I send Govt, original B. L. 1507, St. Louis to Little Eock, Ark., 
March 8th, 1887, freight payable to St. L.,I. M. &, S. Ry., which have properly signed and 
return to this office. 

Eespectf ully , 

J. W. Wallace, 

Auditor. 

63 

98. 

Sir : Herewith I send Govt, original B. L. 1509, St. Louis to San Antonio, Tex., March 
9th, 1887, freight payable to St. L., I. M. & S. Ey. which please have properly signed and 
return to this office. 

Respectfully, 



99. 

Sir: Herewith I send Govt, duplicate B. L. 1509, St. Louis to San Antonio, Tex., 
March 9th, 1887, freight payable to St. L., I. M. & S. Ry. Please acknowledge receipt 
of hereon and return to this office. 

• Respectfully, 



100. 

Sir: Herewith I send Govt, duplicate Bs. L. as follows: 

1486 St. Louis to Houston, Tex. 3-5-87. 

1488 " " " Abilene, " 3-5-87. 

1492 " " " Eastland, " 3-7-87. 

Freight payable to St. L.,I. M. & S. R. R., which please acknowledge receipt of hereon and 

return to this office. 

Respectfully, 



78 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WETTING. 



101. 
6658 

M April 6th. 

Horace Tucker, Esq., 
G. F. A., Chicago. 

Dear Sir: Attached you will find a statement showing that 483 B. C. were de- 
livered to you at Cairo, which you will please show delivery to consignee, as soon as possible. 
I hold in my possession the original B. L. for this cotton, but as the shipments covered 
by them have been forwarded East via various lines, I have retained them in this office. 

Yours truly. 

















S. 


Frink, 


G. : 


F. A. 

90 












Statement. 












Transfei 


• of B. C. 


to I. C. 


















CAR. 


W. E. 


Date. 


Bales. 


Mark. 


Mfst. 


Date, 




I. C. 


435 


1282 


Dec. 


25 


38 


BALL 
BALL-2 


85 


Dec. 


30 


1879 


'< 


1568 


cc 


" 


'C 


6 


A McB-3 


" 


IC 


(C 


cc 


C( 


12060 










WEAV-1 










(( 


1892 


1319 


" 


27 


5 


JOHN-1 


86 


'C 


<« 


" 


(( 


1205 


1279 


" 


25 


31 


NNJ 
HUGH-1 


82 


" 


29 


" 


J. M. 


712 


cc 


" 


" 


13 


BOIV-12 


" 


" 


" 


" 


J. C. 


1205 


1280 


cc 


cc 


5 


NNJ 
AMcB-15 


cc 


" 


" 


" 


t< 


2022 


cc 


ii 


<< 


37 


NNJ-12 


" 


" 


" 


" 


a 


1892 


1319 


c 


27 


32 


HEIL 


86 


" 


31 


" 




12060 
712 


1376 


., 


,1 


3 

41 


WEAV 
SJW 


cc 


ii 


ti 


IC 


J.M. 


4203 


" 


" 


" 


3 


<c 


ii 


" 


" 


C( 


J. C. 


12088 


1328 


" 


" 


40 


BALL 
BALL-12 


" 


" 


" 


*' 


(( 


12060 


1329 


C( 


cc 


40 


WEAV-28 
SJW-14 


" 


" 


cc 


cc 


cc 


12077 


1330 


cc 


(C 


38 


HUGH-20 
COB-4 . 


87 


cc 


cc 


cc 


(( 


1164 


<c 


ii 


" 


3 


NDR 


7 


Jan. 


2 


1880 


a 


789 


cc 


(( 


(( 


1 


HUGH 


10 


(( 


3 


" 


a 


216 


1027 


" 


(C 


22 
18 


SJW 
HEIL 


2 


,, 


1 


(C 


J.M. 


736 


cc 


" 


" 


2 


IBEX-37 


(( 


" 


" 


" 


J. C. 


12071 


1396 


" 


29 


43 


WEAV-6 


i ■ 


" 


" 


" 


(< 


877 
1813 


1399 
1394 


J, 


i, 


25 
37 


BETJ 
HEIL 


6 


a 


" 


cc 


C( 


509 


cc 


" 


ii 


3 

483 B. 


cc 

K. 




a 


cc 


cc 



6658 M. 



HOW TO BEC03IE EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 79 

102. 

Dear Sir : Attached you will find papers and correspondence in claim of W. J. Lamp 
for overcharge on shipment of beer to Texas points. 

These are car load lots and were weighed at Texarkana, but you will notice that in a 
number of cases the weight of the cars was estimated, thus destroying the proof of actual 

weight. 

Again, the scales at Texarkana are not to be relied upon, as several instances have been 
brougl^t to my notice lately in which cars have been weighed at Texarkana and also by 
connecting roads and even at other points on the I. | M. & S. Ey., and the result showed a 
heavy increase in the weights at Texarkana. 

The number of packages loaded in these cars will not weigh more than 20,000 lbs. and 
W. J. Lemp is very particular not to put in more than the standard allowance of ice. These 
cars then did not weigh over 20,000 lbs., and I think it would be but just to reduce our 
earnings to that basis. Will not line south of Texarkana join with us in so settling the 

overcharges? 

Yours truly, 



103. 

Dear Sir: In May of last year, W. G. Anderson & Co. shipped a car load of grain bags 
from Tip Top, Kentucky, to R. M. McJones & Co., this city. Your company issued its bill 
of ladiug for 270 bundles or bales, in I. C. car No. 3118. The shipment arrived at East St. 
Louis in due course under the seals of your company on both side doors, and end doors fast- 
ened inside. We delivered them to the Transfer Co. at East St. Louis, l)ut the car checked 
short 22 bales and a | " Short Report " was made by the Check Clerk at the time, and the 
count of the Transfer Company corresponded. The Check Clerk states that he was absent 
from the car from the time it was opened until the last delivery was made and loaded on the 
Transfer wagons, and he personally counted them. R. McJones & Co. have made claim for 
the 22 missing bales, which claim amounts to $389.95. Your company having refused to 
pay the same, suit is about to be instituted against this company. The attorneys insist that 
while we may never | have had possession of the missing bales, yet, as part of the transporta- 
tion line, we can be held liable. Mr. McJones said to me that he is satisfied that we delivered 
all the bales that we received, and the evidence is pretty clear upon that point, not to say 
conclusive. I think it is equally clear from the papers that you delivered all the bales that 
you received or that were loaded in the car, unless they were taken out of the car before it 
was closed and sealed at Tip Top. It seems that they were loaded at the | warehouse of An- 
derson & Co. by an extra laborer named Bryant. Mr. Lamb, the agent, says that he took 
his count and made bill lading accordingly. In other words, he did not personally count 
the bales or bundles. The case was fully investigated by your general freight agent, Mr. B. 
M. Mitchell, and I inclose a copy of his letter to Mr. Lamb of the date of July 8th, giving 
the result of his inv-estigation, and admitting frankly, and as I believe correctly, that the 
bags were either never loaded or that they were stolen out of the car while it was | being 
loaded and before it was sealed up. Again, after further investigation, Mr. Mitchell writes 



80 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



to Mr. Blue under date of July 28th, 1884, confirming his conviction that the bags were 
never loaded ; copy herewith. 

I will add that no development has been made to justify any different opinion. Un- 
der date of Oct. 20th, 1884, Mr. M. writes our Mr. Blue, after still further investigation of 
the case, " Pay this claim, and I will make disposition of it after settlement is made. I am 
still of the opinion that the shipment was never loaded, or, if | loaded, the error occurred 
after arrival at St. Louis in making delivery." This latter expression of doubt deterred 
Mr. Blue from paying claim, and so the matter stands. Subsequently, j'our attorney^ P. H. 
Darby, Esq., advises against the payment of the claim because, in his judgment, the papers 
showed that the loss did not occur on j^our road. I think the evidence is still more clear that 
it did not occur on our road. The question, therefore, is, should you not, in fair dealing, 
protect your bill lading? As Mr. Mitchell has repeatedly admitted, the mistake evidently 
occurred in loading | the car, and the agent made the bill lading without a personal count. 
Here is the only loop-hole in the case, and I submit that it is due to this company that 
it should be protected against the threatened lawsuit. Will you not authorize this to be 
done, either by instructing us to defend the suit on behalf of and at the expense of your 
company, or by paying the claim? While the loss may not have occurred on your line, it 
evidently occurred through the negligence of your agent, because of his failure to count the 
property for | which he issued bill lading. A pei'sonal investigation will doubtless satisfy 
your representative, as it has satisfied me, that we properly delivered all the freight that 
we received. Your speedy answer is earnestly desired. 

Yours very truly. 



104. 



C. Black well, Esq., 

General Auditor, City. 



7th St. Station, St. Louis, March 3d, 1890. 



Dear Sir ; 

Please find below statement showing amount of tonnage and revenue on freight 
forwarded fi"om this station during months of February, 1889 and 1890. 





Mo. 


Eiver and Western 


Competing Points. 






Year. 


No. car 
loads. 


Total 

weight. 


Total 
revenue. 


Av. wgt. 
per car. 


Av. rev, 
per car. 


1889 
1890 


1309 
1574 

476 


26,875,874 27,386.98 
28,476,377 103,875.47 

6,567,547 46,876.04 
M. P. Local Points. 


28,764 
28,765 

186 


58.63 
27.87 


Increase 
Decrease 


10.56 


1889 
1890 


1468 
1476 

987 


47,876,746 
7,987,765 

267,876 


36,876.38 
76.76 


28,087 
27,987 

1,765 


37.76 
27.87 


Increase 
Decrease 


6,765.87 


1.76 



Company Freight, Deadhead, not included in above. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



81 



Year. 

1889 
1890 

Increase 
Decrease 

1889 
1890 

Increase 
Decrease 



1889 
1890 

Increase 
Decrease 



No. car 

loads. 

467 

765 


Total 

weight. 

27,876,765 

5,476,876 


Total 
revenue. 


765 


6,654,007 






M. K. T. Local 


Points. 


365 
476 


6,654,876 
5,654,008 


87,765.76 
76,765.87 



76 



456 
65 

"346 



65,987 



543.87 



Texas Points. 



76,657,765 
65,876,765 

6,765,876 



76,765.65 
65,765.87 

8,765.67 



Av. wgt. 

per car. 

36,876 

5,876 

367 

37,876 
65,765 

^376 



76,890 
6,876 

65,765 



Av. rev. 
per car. 



1889. 

67 cars diverted to I. M. not inc. in above. 

6 cars forward on through billing from I. M. not inc. in above. 
23 " " " " " " Oak Hill " " " 

60 " " " " " " Howards " <' " 

1890. 
27 cars diverted to I. M. not inc. in above. 
35 cars forward on through billing from I. M. not inc. in above. 



47.87 
65.76 

"T.56 



67.76 
67.67 



65.76 



13 
5 



Wabash 
Oak Hill 



RAILAVAY CONSTRUCTION. 
105. 

St. Louis, Mo., May 7th, 1889. 
Geo. Foster Manning, Esq., 

Chairman Reorganization Committee, 

D. & R. G. W. Ry., 16 Broad St., New York. 

Dear Sir : Col. Wright sends me the results of the surveys, just finished, of the pro- 
posed new line from Cisco to Crevasse, the latter being a station in Colorado fifteen miles 
east of the State Line. The new line is for the most part in the valley of Grand River, and 



82 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TTPEWBITING. 

besides avoiding one summit (at Excelsior) of 400 feet in height, will shorten the line 7 1-10 
miles, of which 6 2-10 miles are in Utah and 9-10 miles in Colorado. 

The cost of the line as compared with the former scheme of using the old line with sev- 
eral local changes in Utah only will be about as follows : 

1. Cisco to Crevasse via present line with local changes only. 

Present distance 44.75 miles 

Distance by revised line 42.60 miles 

Of which there will be new line 11.10 miles 

Old line 31.50 miles 

Cost: 

Grading and Bridging in Utah, being Mr. Goss' estimates 

$97,530 plus 22% $118,986 

New track 11 jV miles at $6,825 75,757 

Track with new rails and 1,200 new ties per mile 31.56 at $5,752 181,533 

Widening banks 16.5 miles at $300 4,950 

Eelaying sidings, say 1,500 

Total $382,726 

Of this, the part in Colorado will be 

15 miles track with new rails only 

or 15 miles at 5000 75,000 

Leaving for the Utah part • $307,726 

2. Cisco to Crevasse via Grand River Line, 

Distance by present line 44.75 miles 

Distance by new line 37.65 " 

Of which the whole will be new. 
Cost. N 

Grading and Bridging, as estimated by 

Mr. Dodge, Locating Engineer $230,000 

Track, all new, 37.65 miles at $6,825 256,961 

New sidings to be laid with old 

rails and new ties, say 1\ miles 

at $2,450 (or $6,822 less 43%) 3,675 

Total : $490,636 

Of which the Colorado part will be. 

Grading and bridging $100,000 

New track 14iV miles at $6,825 96,232 

New sidings, say \ mile 1 ,225 

Total in Colorado $197,457 



Leaving for the part in Utah $293,179 



HOW TO BECOME EXPEBT IN TYPEWRITING. 83 

That is to say, while the new line will, as a whole, cost $107,910 more than to use the 
present line, it will be $14,547 cheaper to the Utah Company, the excess cost to the Colo- 
rado Company being $122,457. Whether under these circumstances the Colorado Com- 
pany can be made to agree to it is probably uncertain. That the new line will be very 
decidedly better when done, there seems to be no room whatever to doubt. 

Col. Dodge also informs me that the surveys made since I was there develop the fact 
that the changes in Price River Canon can be made so as to avoid two tunnels which were 
shown on the preliminary plans. That the lines could be here very much improved was 
quite evident; and, when they have all been carefully gone over in the field and re-esti- 
mated, the total cost may show a reduction. But until this has been actually done, the only 
safe course is to add, as I have done, an ample margin for contingencies. 

Except in this matter of insufficient surveys, I found very little in Col. Wright's plans 
or estimates with which I could not fully agree. His subordinates also impress me very 
favorably; and, from all I could see, I should say that the management of the property was 
thoroughly good. 

Very truly yours. 



106. 

Dear Sir: We have purchased from Mayer Bros. & Co. 1500 tons of 56 lb. steel rails 
to complete the laying of the Columbia extension. The first shipment of 5B2^iotis was 
forwarded from Chattanooga on the 18th instant. 

I have sent statement of rails with lengths fo the agent at Greenfield, with instructions 
for him to check them thoroughly and return the statements to this office. 

In all contracts with Mayer Bros. & Co. heretofore, they have sent a certain per cent, 
of rails | known as " Seconds." These have always been painted white or red on the 
ends, so they may be distinguished from the first-class rails. 

I will be glad if you will give further instructions to the agent at Greenfield just how to 
inspect these rails, and report the number of first-class rails and number of second-class 
rails received in this shipment. 

Yours truly. 

President. 

166 



"WHOLESALE DRUGS. 
107. 

St. Louis, Aug. 24, 1883. 
Messrs. Chas. A. Salmon & Co., 

New York City. 
Gentlemen: We have yours of Aug. 21st and would say to you that we have at present 
a good supply of the Cuba sheep's wool sponge, sufficient, we think, to meet our demands until 
perhaps the first of December. 



84 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

The Florida sheep's wool sponge has lowered so much in price that our customers are 
taking that in place of the Cuba, as the price on the latter seems to be higher in proportion 
than the Florida. However, we will be pleased to have you quote us say 250 | to 500 pounds 
of Cuba sponge, and doubtless we will be able to send you an order for it before the time 
mentioned. With thanks for your favor, we are, 

Very truly your friends, 

Richardson Drug Co. 



108. 

* St. Louis, Aug. 24th, 1888. 

Mr. Geo. St. Clair, 

Topeka, Kansas. 
Dear Sir: We send you to-night by express, care Sim Bros., Topeka, Kansas, one 
telescope of samples of hair and cloth brushes, as these are the samples you desired in a 
former letter to us. We are satisfied that with these samples you can sell quite a large 
number of brushes, and we would like to have you carry them over your territory and show 
them to your customers. 

Take all the orders you can get and dispose of them as rapidly as possible, notifying us | 
of the amount so that we may credit it to you, as we have charged the line of samples to 
you. We will then take pleasure in sending another line of goods so that at all times you 
may be in possession of something to show the trade. 
Wishing you success, we remain. 

Truly your friends, 

Richardson Drug Co. 

159 



109. 

Dear Sir: On your order through our Mr. Harris we regret that we are temporarily out 
of the following items: No. 73 whisk holders. No. 561 mirrors. No. 6783 odor case. No. 
983 toilet case, and Cashmere Bouquet toilet powder. We will be pleased to forward these 
articles with your next shipment if you so desire. 

We also omit 1-2 doz. Gossamer face powder, flesh, in puff boxes, as we are unable to 
supply it, the manufacturers having discontinued this style of package on the first of Jan. 
last. We have | had a large supply of the powder in puff boxes but same is exhausted in 
flesh color. Should you desire it, we can send you in the next order the flesh powder with- 
out puff boxes. 

Thanking you for your favor, we remain, 

Very truly your friends. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 85 

110. 

Gentlemen : "We have yours of August 22d, and note your remarks as to the new article 
which you have, the combination tooth pick. We will not take hold of it at present, but 
will let you hear from us later in case we have any demand for them. 

Our western trade use cheap wood- picks very largely and I am afraid would not ap- 
preciate your new invention. However, we will do all we can for you when the time comes. 

Very truly your friends, 



111. 

Gentlemen : We are in receipt this morning of the silk bandage which you have returned 
to us. You are perhaps aware that goods of this kind are not carried in stock by wholesale 
druggists. This particular bandage was made to order for you and of course is of no use 
to us, and the party who made it refuses to receive it, it being of no use to him. We can- 
not understand why you throw it back on our hands as it is a dead loss to us. Please ad- 
vise us what disposition to make of the article. 

We certainly | think that we are in no way to blame in this matter, simply following 
your instructions and sending you the article desired. Where wholesale druggists go out of 
their way to purchase from outside parties and pay for an article, it does seem to us that 
the customer should recognize oui- standing in the matter and appreciate our desire to serve 
him. 

Very truly your friends. 



112. 

Dear Sirs : We wrote you some time ago regarding a lot of samples shipped to us by 
your Mr. Peters from Abilene,'Ivansas. We note that you have drawn on us for the amount 
to-day, and we have allowed draft to go back as we are not in receipt of your advice as to 
what to do with the samples. 

We stated to Mr. Peters that he could ship the goods to us, but we found that they 
would be an entire loss to us as a great many of the goods we do not handle and they are in | 
such small quantities that we could not realize much on them. We prefer to ship them to 
you and handle only regular stocks in the line. We inclose invoice and will ask you to credit 
same to our account. 

We regret that you have had no one in this section for some time past at work among 
the retailers. It seems necessary in the line of business in which you are engaged that ac- 
tive work among the retailers should be kept up. Other dealers are doing it and with fair 
success. We hope that our business with you this fall | will be very heavy to make up for 
the small amount of business we have sent this spring. 

With best wishes of the writer, we are, 

Very truly your friends. 



86 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WRITING. 

113. 

Dear Sir : We have yours of the 22d, and desire to say to you that this is the first in- 
timation we have had that there was anything wrong with the ice machine. We have re- 
ceived no notification of any machine having been returned to us, and do not know where it 
is, as we supposed that you had it and were using it. 

We are perfectly willing to put the machine in good order for you, but we desire you to 
send a tracer after it immediately, as we have no means of knowing where it is. 

Asking your | prompt attention to this matter, and regretting that we have not been 
notified of your action heretofore, we remain, 

Very truly your friends, 



114. 

Gentlemen : Having been informed that some of the milk dealers of the city are pre- 
senting to druggists and others whom they supply with milk, a machine called the Milk 
Shake, we desire to call your attention to the fact that we have made a recent purchase of a 
large quantity of these machines at a forced sale, and we are able to offer you a neat 
and durable double machine, well packed, with one dozen glasses extra, at a remarkably low 
price. 

We are aware that it is very late in the season for these machines; but, if you are | at all 
interested, we can make it to your advantage to call and see the machines and get our prices. 
At the price we will ask you for them, you can well afford to carry them over until next 
season if necessary. 

We will be pleased to have you give this matter your attention and oblige, 

Your friends, 

158 



115. 

Dear Sir : We thank you for your order given our Mr. Black and will call your attention 
to the fact that we have sent you the Perfection Ice Shave instead of the Little Giant which 
you ordered. The Little Giant Ice Shave was one that the manufacturers sent out on guar- 
antee, and in no case has it given satisfaction. We, therefore, sent all the stock we had 
back to the makers, and the trade have discontinued using them. 

So we have taken the liberty of sending you the Perfection, the regular net price of 
which is $25.00. We | have put this machine to you at $20.00, a special price under the 
circumstances, and will ask you to give it a fair trial. We have sold a great many of them 
and they have given entire satisfaction to all who have used them 

We trust our action in this matter will meet with your approval, and that you will 
have a good season and the profits far more than pay for the machine which we send you. 

Again thanking you for your order and soliciting a continuance of your favors, we 
remain, 

Very truly your friends. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 87 

116. 

Gentlemen: We are in receipt of your favor of August 22d, and also of one of previous 
date the answer to which was delayed on account of the writer's absence from the city. 
We desire you to send us by express, as soon as possible, 10,000 labels same as sample sent 
us a short time since, margin of white to be ^ inch on all sides. 

We are not as yet ready to give you an order for the pamphlet covers, as we have not 
determined on the exact size of the book, but | will be prepared to do this within two or three 
weeks. We are very desirous of having the labels at once so that we may get up a style of 
package which we have in our minds. 

Please execute as promptly as possible and oblige, 

Your friends, 

147 



INTERNAL REVENUE. 

117. 

St. Louis, Mo., December 18, 1888. ' 

Sir: I have your letter of the 17th., and in reply to your inquiries must inform you 
that a special tax stamp is not transferable from one person or firm to another person or 
firm, nor is a stamp redeemable for the unexpired portion of the term for which it was 
issued if it has been at all ultilized. The value of a special stamp R. L. D. from now till 
the end of the special tax year is $10.42. Please find herewith Form 11, application blank, | 
which, if you desire to obtain a special tax stamp, you should fill out, sign, swear to and re- 
turn to this office with an amount of money sufficient to cover value of stamp applied for. 

Respectfully, 

Freeman Barnum, 

Coll. 1st Mo. 
Enc. Form 11. 



118. 

Sir : I have your letter of the 10th inst., and in reply to the inquiries made by you have 
to inform you that the one of you who composed one of the original firm of McSpadden & 
Headlee and who continues business at the old stand of the firm for which the stamp was 
issued, will be entitled to the privilege of continuing business under the stamp issued to the 
firm until the privileges of said stamp expire, April 30th, 1889. The one who removes to a 
new stand will be required to pay new special tax | from the time he becomes established in 
the new stand. Inclosed please find Form 11, which please return with liability of person 
liable. 

Respectfully, 

Enc. Form 11. 

129 



OO HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WHITING. 

119. 

Sir: I have your application for Special Tax Stamp as D. M. T. to date from November 
29tli ult. and $1.20 therewith is hereby acknowledged. Owing to the fact that you com- 
menced business in one month and your application and remittance have not reached me 
until a date in the month following, you are liable to the penalty of 50 % prescribed to be 
collected in addition to the tax where such delay occurs. You will therefore have to remit 
60 cents additional to the amount acknowledged before your liabihty to the Government will 
be I considered as settled. Upon receipt of same, I will promptly issue and send you a stamp. 

Respectfully, 



120. 

Sir: I have your letter of the 4th inst., and have to inform you that you, as successor 
of the firm of Musgrave & Long, can continue business at the old stand of the firm under 
special tax stamp issued to the firm until the term of ,the stamp expires by limitation, 
April 30th next. Sliould you remove your place of business to another stand or take any 
one into partnership with you, you will become liable to the payment of special tax anew. 

Respectfully, 



121. 

Sir: I have your letter of the 14th inst. and, like yourself, think the most consistent 
and safest course for you to pursue is to pay the tax required by the Government of a dealer 
in leaf tobacco less than 25,000 pounds. I acknowledge herewith $5.00 transmitted by 
you, and send you herewith Form 11, application blank, which you will please fill out, 
sign, swear to and return without delay. Upon receipt of the application properly exe- 
cuted, I will promptly issue and send you a special tax stamp and a book form to | be used^ 
by you as a dealer in leaf tobacco. 

Respectfully, 



122. 

Sir: In response to your telegram of the 27th inst. I have to inform you that, from in- 
vestigation of my record of special tax payers for the current special tax year, I find that 
the firm of Prather & Curl paid special tax as R. L. D.'s for the purpose of their business to 
be carried on at Browning, Linn Co., Mo., on August 27th ultimo. 

Respectfully, 



123. 

Sir: I have your postal card of the 12th inst., informing me that your business prem- 
ises had been destroyed by fire and your special tax stamp consumed, and I inclose here- 
with Form 38 1-2 upon which to make application for a certificate of payment of special tax. 
Fill out, sign, swear to and return the form promptly. Upon receipt of same properly 
filled up, I will issue and mail to .your address the certificate of payment of tax by you. 

Respectfully, 
Enc. Form 38 1-2. 

98 



now TO BECOME EXPERT /JV TYPEWRITING. 89 

124. 

Sir : I have your letter of the 26th inst. wherein your request for permission to sell a 
case of cuttings to James Smith, Factory No. 58, District of Kansas, is contained. Your ap- 
plication for permission to sell a case of cuttings or any quantity of tobacco, cuttings or 
scraps, should be made in duplicate ; the number of pounds should be stated; the name of 
the party to whom you desire to sell and his residence and district should be named in your 
application. Permission will be granted when the application is received in this shape. 
Forms of permit | can be obtained of Messrs. Buxton & Skinner, stationers of this city, upon 
payment for the same. "Write and state what is wanted and send them 25 cents. 

Respectfully, 

130 



125. 

Sir: I have your letter of the 4th inst., and post-office money order therewith for 
$11.45 is hereby acknowledged. Your application is hardly in form to be acceptable ; I have 
therefore to inclose you herewith Form 11, regular form of application, and to request that 
you fill out, sign, swear to and return the same promptly to this office. Upon receipt of 
same executed according to i-equiremeuts, I will have stamps issued and forwarded to you. 

EespectfuUy, 
Enc. Form 11. 

86 



126. 

Gentlemen : I have as yet heard nothing of the stamps which the records of this office 
show were issued and mailed to you on the 19th of November ult. I have daily expected the 
stamps to be returned to this office. Should the same be returned, of course they will be 
promptly forwarded to you. If, after every reasonable effort to recover the stamps has 
been made, they are not recovered, I will have you make application for the issue of stamps 
in lieu of those lost. I do not know, however, that such an application would be success- 
ful, I as the law provides for such an issue only where it can be conclusively proven that the 
stamps have been destroyed. 

Respectfully, 



127. 

Sir: 1 have your application for a special tax stamp to date from to-day, the 1st inst., 
as D. M. T. ; and $0.80 (80 cents) therewith is hereby acknowledged. The value of the 
stamp you apply for is $1.00. You will therefore have to remit 20 cents additional to the 
amount acknowledged befoi'e your liability to the government will be covered. Upon 
receipt of twenty cents additional to the amount already in hand, I will promptly issue and 
forward your stamp to you. 

Respectfully, 



90 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING . 

128. 

Gentlemen: My letter to you of the 15th inst. requiring you to return to me Perm 11, 
application blank, tilled out, signed and sworn to, has not yet been complied with. As it 
will not be possible, if you have not already forwarded the blank, for it to reach this oflSce 
before the 1st of December prox., you will, in coraplj-ing with the request contained in my 
letter referred to, remit 60 cents additional to the amount acknowledged; said 60 cents 
being 50% penalty incurred by the delay you have allowed to arise. 

Respectfully, 

100 



129. 

Sir : I have your communication of the 30th ult. wherein you make application for a 
permit to sell cigar cuttings to J. C.Mitchelson & Co. You fail to state in this application 
whether Mitchelson & Co. are cigar or tobacco manufacturers or both. 

The law permits scraps and cuttings, which are in the light of the law tobacco in process 
of manufacture, to be sold by one manufacturer to another manufacturer; the work of manu- 
facturing being continued until completed. It is my recollection that Mitchelson & Co., 
from what I have heard, are dealers in leaf tobacco: Until, | therefore, you clear up the case 
or right my understanding M'ith regard to it, I cannot grant you the permission you ask. 
Then, too, your application for a permit should be in duplicate. You should state that the 
parties to whom you wish to sell are manufacturers of cigars or tobacco, and should also state 
their factory number and the district in which they reside or do business. 

Form of application for permission to sell scraps, cuttings, or manufactured tobacco, by 
one manufacturer to another, can be obtained from Messrs. Buxton & Skinner, stationers of 
this city, whom, if you | desire, you can address. A remittance of 25 cents to them would 
cover the value of a sufficient quantity of the blanks to cover requirements of your business 
for some time I should think. 

Respectfully, 



WHOLESALE SADDLERY LETTERS. 
130. 

Dear Sir : Yours of the 22d to hand. We are disposed to put a man in the territory 
proposed by you, but we are not disposed that any such man shall stand us over 8 per cent, 
whether on salary or commission. 

We mean to say by this that, where we engage a man on regular salary, his salary com- 
bined with the traveling expenses must not exceed 8 per cent, of the gross amount of his 
sales; in allowing a man 8 per cent, commission, he must pay his own traveling expenses. 

If the expense should be any larger than | this, it would not Justify us. If any one else 
is inclined to allow you more than 8 per cent, you are welcome to it ; our profits do not 
afford it. Yours truly. 



EOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 91 

131. 

Dictated by A. S. 

St. Louis, Aug. 28, 1888. 
Heman & Dashan Mercantile Co., 

Evanston, Wyoming Territory. 
Gentlemen : 

We have your esteemed favor of the 21st inst. We have no back order to go from 
here ; there are a few small items to go to you from our factory at Mason City. We would 
suggest to you, therefore, that you add enough to your order of the 21st inst. to make ship- 
ment weigh at least 100 lbs., as the freight will be the same for less than 100 lbs. as it will | 
be for full weight. If this suits your pleasure let us hear from you at once, otherwise 
will make a back order of the stirrups and leggings. 

We have your bill charging us back with $3.05 for spots and nickel fronts short. We 
will credit you with this amount, but would request you to kindly make a thorough search 
for these articles again, as our young man who filled your order feels quite positive that these 
items went along with the rest of the goods. Possibly they may turn up. 
Awaiting your further kind favors, we remain. 

Yours ( truly, 

Jacob Straus Saddlery Co. 



132. 

Dear Sir: Replying to yours of the 25th inst., we do not make any rope traces such as 
inquired for. 

We can furnish you with a few dozen No. 7 Patent Rim hog collars, but not at the old 
price. On account of the very great advance in hog-skins, we have been compelled to raise 
the price of these collars to $11.00 per dozen. If you want us to furnish them to you at 
that, we wiU accept your order. 

We quote you 3-4" , 7-8" and 1" 13 1-2 ft. check lines | with snaps, at $11.00, $12.50 
and $14.00 respectively. 

We have no late net price-list on strap goods such as you request ; presume you have 
our harness catalogue with price-list, so can only furnish you with our saddle catalogue and list. 

Awaiting your further favors, we remain. 

Yours truly, 



133. 

Dear Sir: Your kind favor of the 25th received. We will credit you $1.00 on the one 
dozen No. 80 Sweeny collars, but we cannot sell them to you for less than $18.00 hereafter. 

Our agent, Mr. Getz, had them on the order at $18.00, and the other kind at $17.00. 

If you will look carefully at the bill, you will observe that we have not charged you for 
baling the collars; we charged you 45 cents for box and 50 cents | for drayage, but nothing 
for baling. 

Hoping you will find this explanation satisfactory, we remain, 

Yours truly, 



92 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT AV TYPEWRITING. 

134. 

Gentlemen: Yours of the 26th to hand. Have noted your instructions in regard to order 
which shall have due attention. 

Have this day mailed you our several illustrated catalogues with ijrice-lists, on which we 
will make you the following discounts : 

On Saddles, 5%, 
On Strap Goods, 5 % , 
On Harness, 25 % . 
Terms 60 days, 3% off cash. 

The discount of 5 % on saddles is only on such saddles as appear in the catalogue and in 
accordance with prices as listed. We have, of course, many styles of saddles not embraced 
in the | catalogue. 

Yours truly, 

103 



135. 

Dear Sir: Your late favors received. Inclosed hand you our check for $100.00 in set- 
tlement of salary for the two months commencing June 15th and ending Aug. 15th. 

Inasmuch as the result of your trip thus far has been far from what we even recently 
expected, we can hardly be expected to continue the arrangement existing between us now, 
but will say to you that from the 1st of September we will allow you at the rate of 4 % on 
your direct sales and pay your traveling expenses for such time as | we may deem proper. 
If we find that you are sending us in enough orders from good men to warrant us in going 
ahead with you, we will allow the latter arrangement to run on, but shall take the privilege 
to cancel it at any time at our pleasure if things do not suit us. 

"We can hardly understand how you could have been too late at so many places when you 
started out so early in the season. You should not have gone on wild goose chases over 
territory you had no acquaintance with. You should have confined yourself j to such terri- 
tory as you were reasonably cei'tain of doing some business in, and where you were known. 
We have no doubt but what you have tried hard enough ; still we can only be governed by 
results. 

We should hardly think you would sell to Mr. Abram, as he comes to market and we 
generally sell to him here. 

We fear that you will not make a success of your connection with us, but, as remarked, 
we will try it a short while longer, and if it does not go we will have to call it off, to be 
plain I about it. 

From what you wrote us when you first applied to us about what you could do, we had 
a right to expect many better orders than you have sent in. We presume you did not go at 
it in the right manner. Let us hear from you. 

Yours truly, 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 93 



STOVES. 
136. 

Gentlemen: "We thank you for your remittance of $14.03 which amount has been placed 
to your credit. 

In regard to the stove shipped to J. G. Sorgen, Sioux Kapids, we beg to state that he 
is our traveling salesman, and we sent him a sample stove to sell by. 

We are very much pleased to learn that you intend to push the Quick Meal. As our 
salesman has changed his route, he will not be able to make Sioux Rapids until very late in 
the season, if at all. We therefore shall appreciate it if | you will take the stove shipped to 
J. G. Sorgen from the freight depot and allow us to charge same to you, dating bill April 
first, 60 days. We herewith inclose bill of lading and kindly request you to advise us if you 
will receive the stove so we may send you bill for same. 

We do not know of any stove shipped to Townsend Bros., Greenville, Iowa, and think 
you must be mistaken in its being a Quick Meal, unless it is sold by some other dealer in 
Iowa who shipped it to those parties. 

We really do | not remember having given you the agency including Greenville, neither 
do we recollect that you even asked for it, but if you wish to push the Quick Meal, we have 
no objection to including that town in your territory. 

We trust this explanation will be satisfactory, and hope to be favored with your 
esteemed orders. 

Yours truly. 



137. 

Dear Sir: We thank you for your esteemed order for Quick Meals to be shipped to 
Sargent & Andrews, Watertown, which shall have our prompt attention, also your order for 
Bee stoves and ovens. If you desire to have another car of stoves shipped by April 1st, 
please send your order about a week or ten days before, and we will then endeavor to get 
the goods off in time. 

You are correct about the prices being demoralized by other parties offering them below 
the association figures, and the matter should receive attention by other manufacturers, but 
we have been | so very busy of late that we have paid little or no attention to what others 
were doing. As a rule, we find that our customers do not care to give names of parties who 
offer low figures. In such cases, we, of course, would have nothing to report, and even a 
mere report from a customer would hardly be sufficient proof unless sworn to before a Notary 
Public. Our executive committee takes the ground that a great many dealers will report 
such things for the sake of getting lower prices, and when it is sifted down to the bottom | 
there is nothing in it. We do not say this to doubt your statement, as we are perfectly 
satisfied that your report is true and should like it if you would present it to us in the 
manner above referred to. 

Please let us hear from j'ou again on the subject, and oblige. 

Yours truly. 



94 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

138. 

St. Louis, March 27, 1889. 
Mr. A. J. Mason, 

Storm Lake, Iowa. 
Dear Sir: 

We herewith inclose bill and bill of lading for stoves shipped yesterday. We have also 
taken the privilege to charge you with a sample stove shipped about two months ago to your 
address for our Mr. Sorgen, and also a samjile stove shipped to our salesman at Le Grand, 
which he advised us he had forwarded to you, he not knowing that we had already sent a 
sample stove to you. We had intended our Mr. Sorgen to call on you | long before this, but 
unavoidable circumstances prevented his visiting your section of the country. 

We are thankful to you for favoring us with your esteemed orders by mail, and hope 
you will have a good trade on Quick Meals during the season. 

If our action in having charged the sample stoves to you is not satisfactory, please ad- 
vise us, and oblige. 

Yours truly, 

Eingen Stove Co. 



139. 

Dear Sir: Replying to your favor of the 20th inst., will say that we can hardly expect 
to satisfy you with any change in prices and terms of last year. We assure you that we do 
not accept an order from anybody this year at one farthing less than regular prices. We 
have had orders at regular terms offered to us but dating the bills May 1st instead of April 
1st, which we declined. Our traveling men are instructed that no order will be accepted if 
not at regular terms, no matter how small the deviation may be. 

Comparing | this year's sales with those of same date last year, we find that it will 
require from 40 to 50,000 stoves to supply our trade, and it will be impossible for us to 
produce more than 30 to 35,000. For this reason we have now discontinued all our adver- 
tisements in the trade papers and have called in three of our traveling men, leaving Mr. 
Lockwood and two others on the road for a little while. We firmly believe that this will be 
the last time we are caught in such | a fix, as Ave are going to erect a very extensive factory 
this summer which will give us four times our present capacity. 

We shall appreciate it if you favor our Mr. Lockwood with your esteemed order, and 
we will fix prices all right. 

Yours truly. 



HARDWARE. 
140. 

Telegram. 

To Knight & Walker, Buffalo, N. Y. 
Please book our order for 500,000 carriage bolts at 70 & 10 off usual rebates, 2 off cash 
10 days, specifications as we may require the goods. 

Columbia Hardware Co. 
46 



BOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 95 

141. 

New York, Oct. 25, 1890. 
Columbia Hardware Co., 

St. Louis, Mo. 
Dear Sirs: 

We call your attention to the "Splendid" Lawn Mower manufactured by the 

Company which we represent. We should like to have you examine this 

lawn mower. It is first-class in construction and is an exceedingly easy running machine. 
It has given the best of satisfaction since it was put upon the market three years agoi- 

We are having good success with the " Splendid " this season, and have already placed 
a good share of our production. For a | good lawn mower at a moderate price, we consider it 
the best in the market. We cannot speak too highly of this machine. The factory stands 
behind us with a full guarantee. 

We inclose you one of our price-lists and shall be pleased to hand you special prices 
upon our hearing from you. 

We are, dear sirs. 
Yours truly, 

' Esterley & Osborne. 



142. 

Dear Sirs : We would like to hear from you as to how your stock of the Imperial Crank 
Tubular Lantern is. If you are likely to be in want of any, you would do well to make up 
an order now. We have an order for two hundred dozen for shipment to St. Louis, Nov. 
1st, and if your good selves and Witte Hardware Co. could make up an order between you 
of one hundred and fifty to two hundred dozen, why that would make a carload. Will you 
kindly look into this matter and report by an early | mail? Thanking you in advance for 
your attention to this matter, we remain, 

Yours truly, 

The Eoss & Fuller Ass'n. 

120 

143. 

Dear Sirs: We have your favor of the 25th inst. and note contents. Since you do 
not object to our sending you a few samples of our drivers, we shall take the liberty of for- 
warding a small box containing samples to show you what they are, merely for j^our informa- 
tion, without cost to you, and we hope that you may see your way clear by the 1st of 
January to write us in regard to making an arrangement to handle these goods in St. Louis 
for us. We are sure from the very favorable reception these drivers have had | in the market 
that you can do a good business in them. Here in Reading we are told that no drivers are 
called for at the hardware stores except ours, all the others being unsalable. 

We also take pleasure in inclosing in the same box a couple of our nickel-plated nuts as 
paper weights for your desk. 

Our principal business, however, is the manufacture of iron, — bolts, nuts, rivets, 
washers, etc. 

Yours truly, 

173 



96 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

144. 

Gentlemen : We have this day instructed the St. Louis Hardware & Cutlery Company 
to deliver to you 1 dozen bell levers, No. 1408, which they ordered from us by mistake. If 
you can use these levers advise us, and we will render you invoice for same. On the other 
hand, if you cannot use them, please return them to us with the first goods you have coming 
to us. 

Awaiting your reply, we are, 

Yours truly, 

79 



145. 

Gentlemen : Eeplying to your favor of the 22d inst., your telegram of October 1st reads 
as follows: " Ship immediately 100 pairs brackets No. 1053." These were forwarded as 
per invoice mailed you. We have no recollection of receiving a confirmation of this telegram. 
We have entered your order for 91 2-3 doz. pairs brackets No. 1053, We will ship to-day 60 
doz. pairs, and push the balance all we possibly can, and endeavor to forward during next 
week. We would suggest that it is always important to confirm | a telegram. 

Yours truly. 



146. 

Gentlemen : We made you a shipment yesterday on your order of May 22nd. The fol- 
lowing items which appear thereon, we will forward, but they will not be on consignment. 
They will be shipped as goods purchased outright. They are as follows: 

35 doz. frame pulleys, No. 191. 

18 sets store door handles, No. 1141. 

8 doz. mtse. locks, No. 852. 

8 doz. mtse. knobs. No. 568. 
16 doz. escutcheons. No. 064. 
1y doz. mtse. locks. No. 857. 
lidoz. I mtse. knobs, No. 00141. 
3 doz. escutcheons. No. 169. 
25 doz. frame pulleys. No. 191. 

The above items will not appear in our new Geneva catalogue. We are also in receipt 
of your order through our Mr. Hill, and the following items will also be forwarded on the 
above basis : 

8 doz. prs. shelf brackets, No. 800. 
8 doz. prs. shelf brackets. No. 805. 
15 doz. pi's. shelf brackets. No. 810. 
6 doz. store door handles, No. 105^. 
2 doz. I bird cage hooks. No. 982. 

Trusting same will meet your views, we are, 

Yours truly. 



EOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 97 

147. 

Gentlemen : Some time since we instituted proceedings in the Federal Courts against 
Messrs. A. J. Phillips & Sons, of Fenton, Mich., for manufacturing and selling a knock-down 
window screen frame infringins U. S. Letters-Patent No. 328,080, granted to John E. Stuart, 
October 13, 1885, and of which we have exclusive control. 

Upon the final hearing of the cause before his Honor, Judge Brown, in the U. S. Circuit 
Court for the Eastern District of Michigan on the 7th inst., the validity of the Stuart Patent 
was again sustained, and | a perpetual injunction awarded us restraining Messrs. Phillips &Son 
from manufacturing or selling their frame mentioned above. 

Pei-mit us to quote from the opinion of his Honor, Judge Brown: " No other window 
screen possessing this adjustability has been shown us. Although this feature is found in one 
or two other devices, it is accomplished by means so different from those adopted by the 
Stuart that we are loth to deprive him of his claim to the title of inventor." 

Very truly yours, 



148. 

Dear Sir: We herewith beg to inform our friends and the Trade that we have opened 
up as Manufacturers' Direct Selling Agents for the Western Territory. Having secured a 
line of first-class Mauufacturers and confining ourselves strictly to the large trade, we trust 
to receive a liberal share of your orders for goods of Manufacturers represented as fol- 
lows : 
The Geo. Griffiths " Keystone Works," Philadelphia, Pa. 

Solid Cast Steel Shovels, Spades, Scoops, Drainage Tools, Coal Hods, Stove Shovels 
and Pokers. 
Bless & Drake, Newark, N. J. 

Ideal Cold Handle, Self -Heating, Polishing, Smoothing and Common Sad Irons. 
New England Specialty | Company, North Easton, Conn. 

Screw Drivers with patent corrugated tang, Can Openers, Brad-Awls, Kitchen and 
Mincing Knives, Tack Hammers, etc. ' 
New Haven Staple Works, New Haven, Conn. 

Brass, Tinned, Galvanized, Bright and Jajianned, Wrought Patent Square Point Staples. 
Geo. B. Dean & Co., New York, 

Manufacturers of Dean's Patent Lemon Squeezer. 
Wm. J. H. Gluck, Baltimore, Md. 

Pieced, Stamped and Japanned Tinware. 
Horn & Co., Keokuk, Iowa. 

Quart Tin Fruit Cans. Guaranteed against leakers, and the best in the market. 

Yours truly, 

183 

Note. . — Business men sometimes employ capitals for the sake of emphasis. Thus a manufacturer often 
capitalizes his own products; a merchant capitalizes his special wares. The above is a sample of the capi- 
talization employed by many commercial houses. 



98 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

149. 

Dear Sirs: Your order of February 5th for drills, reads extra 5 for 50 doz. This ex- 
tra rebate of 5 per cent, is allowed only where 100 doz. at least is taken during the six 
months, and the concession of 50 doz. was made to you especially. We have received speci- 
fications of but 30 doz. on this order and wish to draw your attention to the same so that 
you may make up memorandum of at least enough more to make up the 50 doz. Our Mr. 
Smith tells us that when he | saw you last you spoke of the fact of being offered better prices 
by another manufacturer of wood drills. We are M'ell aware that better prices have been 
quoted on certain other drills, but are very glad to be able to say that, notwithstanding this 
cutting of price of other makes, our sales of the Syracuse drill have stefdily and constantly 
increased. 

We have kept the factory fully posted as to what others are doing, but as these drills of 
others have not proved satisfactory and certain of the trade who have been induced to take 
hold of them have | dropped them after having given them a trial, our company thinks it is 
entirely unnecessary for them to drop their prices simply to meet these inferior goods, so 
there has been no change whatever in the price of the Syracuse drill. 

We send you under another cover to-day a wood drill purchased by our representative 
from one of the trade as a sample, it being a drill we found had been offered at a lower price 
than ours. We sent this drill to the factory to show them what was in the market, and they 
returned the drill with one | of their own, with tag attached, which we send you. You 
will see the factory claims the drill they sent us bored through 179 blocks like the sample 
block we send you, and you will also see that it is not damaged at all, although it cut 
through nails at each boring. The other drill, although used but once, is as you will see 
badly damaged; it is also not uniform in size as you will readily see. 

Now these are facts, and we draw your attention to them as we think you have wavered 
a little regarding the ] Syracuse drill on account of our price. We do not want you to be 
tempted away from it and will do all in our power to retain your custom on these goods, but 
at present there is nothing better to offer in price, and we guarantee any order you may 
place with us now against any change next month, as none is anticipated. 

After having examined this drill, we would be very much obliged to you if you would 
mail it back to us. 

Yours respectfully, 

H. H. & C. L. Hunger. 
92 



150. 

Dear Sirs : Replying to your favor of the 25th, would say that we have been very 
much behind our orders on Junior rifles, but within the last two months we have put in 
about five thousand dollars' worth of new machinery for these alone, the eflTect of which we 
will feel about the first of October, and we trust then to be able to fill your orders without 
delay. 

Yours very truly. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 99 

151. 

Dear Sirs : Eeplyi/ig to the many inquiries we have had for a low-priced revolver of the 
tip-up hinge sj'stem, made in 32 caliber, 5 shot with a small frame, would say that we 
have now, after two years' work, completed the manufacture of an arm of this description 
weighing but 12 oz. We think, and with just pride, that there is not a revolver on the 
market for the money that can compete with it as a good seller, or in finish and quality. 
We would advise you to place your order for these at once, | as the demand at present far 
exceeds the supply. A cut of this pistol is shown above. If requested, we will take 
pleasure in forwarding our catalogue. 

Soliciting your patronage, we remain. 

Yours respectfully, 

Merwin, Hulbert & Co. 
P. S. 

We would also call your attention to the fact that nearly all bullets of central fire car- 
tridges are lubricated on the inside of the shell, leaving the outside surface perfectly smooth. 
It is, therefore, a matter of utmost importance that revolvers should be so adjusted as to 
prevent the cartridges from slipping out of the cylinder. This difficulty is overcome | on all 
X. L. Double Action revolvers bj'' having a spring gate before the loading aperture, thus 
adding to the many advantages they already possess over their class. 

Yours truly, 

, M. H. &Co. 

234 
152. 

Gentlemen : We beg to remind you that we make a specialty of Plate Washers, and turn 
out all the standard sizes in large quantities. The quality of our product is unequaled. 

Let us have the opportunity of quoting prices upon specifications for your next order. 

Yours respectfully. 



IRON, COKE, ETC. 
153. 

Dear Sir: We are prepared to take contracts in steel or wrought iron construction, hav- 
ing new shops with an entirely new outfit of tools for shearing, punching, riveting, eye-bar 
work, roofs, trusses, bolts, rods, etc., and respectfully solicit your orders for work in our 
line. 

Our location, on the Pennsylvania K. R. just east of Grand Crossing, enables us to get 
material quickly ; and our shipping facilities, either by team or rail, are first-class, being 
closely connected with six railroads. 

. Very respectfully, 



100 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

154. 

St. Louis, Oct. 3d, 1890. 
Avery Planter Co., 

Peoria, 111. 
Dear Sirs : 

We sent you several days ago a circular letter on the subject of Foundry Coke, calling 
your attention especially to the Great Kanawha. This is a 72-hour coke made for foundry 
purposes. We first took hold of this coke about six months ago, and since that time have 
sent it out in every direction with the most gratifying results; in fact, som,e of our custom- 
ers who formerly would use nothing but Connellsville, now prefer the Great Kanawha to that 
article, | and are sending in their orders for a regular supply. We guarantee that the coke 
is higher in carbon, with less sulphur and ash than Connellsville, and it will bear the burden 
equally as well and melt as much iron. Price at the ovens is higher than Connellsville, but, 
owing to advantage in freight rates, we can deliver the Great Kanawha in your city at 
$5.15 per ton, whereas Connellsville would cost you in the neighborhood of $6.10, a 
difference of about one dollar per ton. We are so well satisfied that you can | use this coke 
altogether as a substitute for Connellsville that we hope you will let us have your order for 
a sample lot, and we can probably arrange with you afterwards for a regular supply. 

Yours truly, 

A. P. DeCamp & Co. 

242 



155. 

Gentlemen: We propose to furnish you with two 48" diameter by 22' long boilers, con- 
taining twelve 6" diameter flues to be made of Park Bros, (black diamond) 60,000 tensil 
sti-ength flange steel, double riveted on longitudinal seams, to be first-class in every respect, 
equipped with Dorrance Grates, steam gauges, safety valve gauge cocks, water columns and 
all fixings, with steam dome and mud drum. Dome to be 24" x 24", drums to be 16" x 6', 
stack to be 36" | in diameter, 50' high, breeching to match. Boilers will be set so as to 
be run separately or together as follows: both boilers to have independent walls 18" thick 
to be lined throughout with fire brick tiled bridge wall. Brick work will be done by days' 
work and will be first-class. The space of 2' will be allowed between boilers. This for 
$2,054.30. If a single division wall is desired, $1,940.30. 

Will furnish you with a 7" x 4" 1-2" x | 10" Smith & Vaile duplex pump for the sum 
of $210.00. 

We will place the Spencer automatic damper regulator in chimney for the sum of 
$125.00, will place the Edson recording gauge in your office and make connections for same 
in your boiler for the sum of $100.00. 

We guarantee these boilers to develop 67 horse power each if desired, and guarantee 
them to displace not less than 5 lbs. of water to the lb. nut coal, running at the rated capa- 
city. The whole will be | set complete and will be a first-class workman-like job. 

Kespectfully submitted, 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 101 

156. 

Dear Sirs : Do you ever have use for white iron for crusher work? We have a lot of 
very fine charcoal white iron made in Texas, which could probably be delivered at Joplin at 
$16.50 per gross ton, cash. We believe this would do just as well for the purpose men- 
tioned as some of the high-priced car wheel iron which would cost you very much more 
money. 

If you use iron of this kind, please let us hear from you. 

Yours truly, 

87 



157. 

Dear Sirs: We would respectfully call your attention to our unequaled facilities for the 
production of corrugated iron and steel sheets, and especially in the heavier gauges — Nos. 
18, 16, 14, and even No. 12, B. W. G. — which may be quite largely adopted in various 
forms of building construction. We wish to inform those interested of our facilities in this 
line, believing that there would be a better demand were it more generally known where such 
goods could be obtained promptly. 

Doubtless many ideas will suggest themselves to you for using the plain corrugated 
sheets | (painted or galvanized) in the forms of construction peculiar to your business. The 
adoption of heavy corrugated arches has become quite general of late in fire-proof build- 
ings, we having sold to quite a number of the largest contractors and builders in this line, 
as well as to the architectural iron-workers. Corrugated arches of heavy iron or steel enable 
the builder to place his I beams farther apart, and thus to make an equally substantial form of 
construction while using less I beams, and, consequently, with less weight in the structural iron. 
The weight of our heaviest arches is from 25 | to 40 per cent, lighter than brick arches, and 
thus the load on walls is considerably lessened. Do you not consider that a more general 
adoption of these extra heavy arches ( say No. 14, B. W. G. ), would be attended with a great 
deal of success as to substantial construction, and, at the same time, be far less expensive 
by enabling the use of fewer I beams for fire-proof buildings? We should be very happy 
to have your views and suggestions on the subject. 

At any time you wish prices or estimates on certain specifications, kindly forward | us 
blue prints or drawings, and they shall have our most careful and prompt attention. You 
will find our workmanship far more exact than that usually made. 

Yours truly, 



LAW LETTERS. 
158. 

Dear Sir: We have seen Mr. Robinson concerning your claim against him. He pos- 
itively declines to pay anything or even to listen to a suggestion of compromise. We also 
have a letter from him, which we inclose. 
Awaiting your instructions, we are, 

Yours respectfully, 

44 



102 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WETTING. 

159. 

Dear Sir: Mr. Loring has agreed to deliver to you at your store on Wednesday morning, 
at ten o'clock, all the property seized by the constable except the two horses. If the prop- 
erty is in good condition then, accept the same and let us know at once that you have re- 
ceived it so that we may collect the money and dismiss the case. We do not wish to do this 
until we know that you have your property and that it was in satisfactory condition. 

Respectfully, 



160. 

Dear Sir: Herewith I send you settlement of estate of Arthur H. Richards, deceased. 
From it you will observe I have eliminated all rent charge and repair charges. These, in my 
judgment, Mrs. Standish need not bring in the settlement. I have also taken away all per- 
sonal charges which under the law cannot be made part of the settlement. In addition to the 
foregoing, I have taken out of the estate the bulk of the same for Mrs. Standish in order to 
guard against excessive taxation. 

Yours truly. 



161. 

Gentlemen: In reply to your esteemed favor of the 15th inst. which, with its inclos- 
ures, did not reach us until to-day, we write to inform you that we have seen Mr. Hospes, 
Cashier of the German Savings Institution, and he declines to discount the first paper say- 
ing that his bank needs all of its funds for its customers and hence cannot consent to discount. 

We have written Messrs. Roth & Fay to procure us face value of Jhe note and will in- 
form you of their answer and remit if collection be made. 

Yours very truly, 

96 

162. 

Dear Sir : In reply to your favor of the 29th, we write to inform you that we cannot 
consent to the sale of the account owing by Messrs. George P. Blank to the estate of Thomas 
R. Malone. We have no authority to make any such sale or to extend the payment of the 
same, but should Mr. Blank desire to have the time for the payment of the same extended, 
we shall not press collection until he has had a reasonable time in which to pay. 

The manner of division of the proceeds of the sale of the | printing outfit, although not 
in accordance with our notion, will not be objected to, providing a small amount is left with 
the executor to pay the expenses for administration therefrom. 

We cannot however concede to a construction of the will as will give Mrs. Herlein 
half of the account owing by Mr. Blank. If upon final construction of the will such dis- 
position is propeir and legal, we shall unhesitatingly conform with that decision, but, at 
present, we believe that the account referred to is no part of the printing establishment, 
hence no part thereof is due Mrs. Herlein. If the | above modifications are agreeable, we 
shall have the same prepared. 

Yours very truly, 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WRITING. 103 

163. 

Albany, N. Y., Jan. 17, 1890. 

J. G. Howells, Esq., 

Schenectad}', N. Y. 
Dear Sir: 

We have yours of the 21st, and of course regret that Judge Brown's decision was 
against us. "We are satisfied, however, that it was not owing to any lack of effort on your 
part. 

Please have the costs taxed and collect what is due us under the decree ; and after de- 
ducting your fee, which we know you will make as reasonable as possible under the circum- 
stances, remit the proceeds to us. 

Respectfull}' yours. 



mSUEANCE AND FINANCIAL. 
164. 

New York, Nov. 2nd, 1888. 
Messrs. Brown Brothers & Co., 

59 Wall Street, City. 
Gentlemen: 

We beg to call your special attention to the following clause which appears in many of 
the bills of lading issued against cotton, viz. : 

" And the carrier so liable shall have the full benefit of any insurance that may have 
been effected upon or on account of said goods," and in consequence thereof the following 
clause has been recently introduced into the policies of many of the underwriters, viz. : 

"It is by the assured expressly stipulated, in respect | to land carriers, that no right of 
subrogation is, or is to be, abrogated or impaired by or through any agreement intended to 
relieve a carrier from his duties or obligations imposed or recognized by the common law 
or otherwise." 

These two clauses conflict and it has been decided that the acceptance by the shipper of 
a bill of lading containing the first clause, vitiates the insurance under a policy containing 
the last, and we therefore beg to say that we will be compelled to decline all bills of lading 
which contain this clause. 

We understand that most of the | leading roads are quite willing to erase the condition 
from the bill of lading on application of the shipper, and we shall be glad if you will see 
that it is stricken out of all bills of lading (and the erasure initialed by the person sign- 
ing the document) when you may have occasion to send us the foreign exchange purchased 
by us; otherwise, we will, as stated, be under the necessity of rejecting them on the ground 
that the security is not perfect. 

Yours truly. 



104 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

165. 

Dear Sir: We beg to advise you that the extension of the loan of $7,500 to John B. 
Saxe has been granted for fiye years ±rom September 5, 1890, on condition that insurance be 
furnished on residences, outbuildings and store house in block 5, Wilson's addition to the 
City of Springfield, Mo. 

Duplicate copies of the extension agreement and five annual interest notes, each for $600, 
are inclosed herewith for execution. One cojpy af the agreement is to be retained by the 
borrower. The other is to be returned to | us together with the notes, commissions $150, 
insurance policy for $7,500, and interest. $3,000, due Sept. 5, 1895. 

Yours truly, 

134 



166. 

Dear Sir: Your insurance policy No. 19876, Globe Mutual Fire Insurance Co. of Phila- 
delphia, $9,000, of which $7,000 is on buildings, will expire September 30th, 1890. 

Please send us, promptly, a new policy for same amount, with premium paid in full, and 
indorsed by agent of the Insurance Co. as follows : " Loss, if any, payable to Edward S. 
Rowse, trustee, as his interest may appear." 

Yours truly, 



167. 

Dear Sir: Your favor of the 19th inst. is received. A warrant has been drawn for 
$1,500.00, the amount due the children of Henry Jones, and has been sent to the Supreme 
Dictator for his signature. On its return it will be forwarded so that the amount can be 
collected by the adult daughter and guardian of the minors. We were unable to draw this 
warrant until the court had entered its decree. 

You are certainly in error when you think the Supreme Lodge ought to follow a benefit 
about into different states | and contest payment in cases of this ch'hracter. The Supreme 
Lodge cannot help if beneficiaries have debts, and your opinion that the share of Mrs. 
Jones could not be garnisheed is not borne out by our experience. Cases of this character 
have arisen before, and we once paid an attorney a considerable sum to try to have the fund 
go into the hands of the beneficiary, who was a widow, and not to be appropriated for debts 
she had previously contracted. The decisions were squarely against us, and the Supreme 
Lodge did not think it good policy to expend the | money of the members of this Order in 
litigations which would result only in expense, and in no good to parties interested. 

In reply to your claim that it was our duty to claim the exemption for the widow, I can 
only say that it was clearly the duty of the widow and her friends to look after her inter- 
ests. With 1,500 death payments per year scattered over the country from Maine to Cali- 
fornia, you will certainly see the unreasonableness of your position, and the vast expendi- 
ture — and a needless one too — which it would cause the Order. | 

Yours respectfully, 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



. 105 



168. 

Dear Sir: ^ 

The following insurance policies will expire during the month of August, 1890. 



Name . 



Thomas T. Gantt 
Chas. B. Furlong 
John Wheaton 
Wm. C. Wilson 
Wm. C. Marshall 



No. 


: Company. 


Total 


Am't on 






Am't. 


Bklgs. 


9783 


: Fire Ass' n of Phil: 


13875 


4927 


13721 


: Farmers' Trust 


14521 


9873 


7863 


: Mutual Fire. 


3585 


3585 


3428 


: New York Fire : 


12973 . 


4828 


25871 


: Manhattan : 


45433 : 


12975 



Date. 



AU£ 



. 5 
9 
11 
15 
25 



1885 



Please send us promptly new policies for same amount, with premium paid in full, and 

indorsed by agent of the Insurance Co. as follows: Loss, if any, payable to : , 

trustee, as his interest may appear. 

Please specially inspect the value of the buildings on which 9783 is placed. 

Yours truly, 



169. 

Dear Sir: Your loan, $6,725, and interest, $540, will mature Sept. 17, 1890. 

If you wish to make application for an extension of the loan, please do so through Mr. 

William Benson, our agent at Lafayette, Mo., who has the necessary papers and will give 

you full information. 

Yours truly, 



170. 

Dear Sir: I contemplate the immediate organization of the " Western Millers' Mutual 
Fire Insurance Company," to be located at Minneapolis, Minn., and I earnestly desire your 
opinion regarding the advisability of the same. 

My plan is to do a strictly flour liiill insurance business, carrying the better class of flour 
mills only, and working in all respects in a thoroughly conservative manner, both as regards 
the item of expense and the classes of risks carried, thus practically following the same sys- 
tem as that adopted by the Millers' National Insurance Co. of this city before they com- 
menced doing a general manufacturing insurance | business. 

I believe that such a company would be unquestionably successful because : 

First. All companies that have started on this plan have paid larger dividends than other 
companies that carried all classes of manufacturing establishments, or than those same com- 
panies have paid since they commenced doing a general manufacturing insurance business. 

Second. The rates on all good flour mills are, in proportion to the hazards, higher 
than nearly all other classes of manufacturing properties, thus discriminating against the 
miller in the net cost of his insurance. 

By my acquaintance with the millers of the Western and Central States, formed | by hav- 



106 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWBITING. 

ing traveled as mill inspector and solicitor for Mutual Companies tiirough Michigan, Wis- 
consin, Minnesota, Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, parts of Colorado, Iowa, Missouri, Illinois and 
Indiana, I find nearly all to be strongly favorable to the strictly Millers' Mutual companies, 
and this feeling was very generally strengthened by the action of the Miller's National As- 
sociation at their recent convention in Minneapolis, expressing a decided preference for the 
Millers' Mutuals. 

You no doubt know that the success of the several Millers' Mutual Insurance Companies, 
while they confined themselves to writing on flour mills only, was very satisfactory; and as 
we now I have practically but four companies in the United States — and one of them but re- 
cently organized — that confine themselves strictly to flour mill risks, I feel there is an 
abundance of room for another such company, and would like to ask whether you are 
sufficiently in sympathy with such a move that you would be willing to aid us 
in the organization to the extent of giving us an organizing application for insurance on 
your property. 

I have had quite an extensive correspondence with the Minneapolis and Minnesota mil- 
lers, and I find there will be no difficulty in securing a | board of directors for such a com- 
pany, composed of Minnesota's most prominent mill owners. 

Trusting you will be willing to aid us to the extent desired, and hoping to have an early 

reply, I am, 

Yours very truly. 



171. 

St. Louis, Missouri, September 6, 1888. 
Edward Carlton, Esq., 

Chicago, Illinois. 

Dear Sir : Your favor of the 4th inst. is received. I note what you say relative to 
matters in the Eogers'case. There have been indications that the wife, Louise, would con- 
test the payment of this benefit to the son. It has been on this account that payment has 
been withheld. Please have the kindness to be upon the lookout in this particular, and, if 
such action be contemplated, advise me. We desire to pay this benefit in accordance 
with the certificate, but we do not | want to pay and then defend a lawsuit. We prefer to go 
at once into court if we are compelled to go there at all. Please keep me advised of any 
new developments. 

In regard to the case of M. C. Eldridge, I will say that where a benefit certificate is 
made payable to two or more persons and one dies. Article IX of the Constitution directs 
that if the member has made no change in his certificate the benefit shall then be paid pro 
rata to the surviving beneficiaries. In this case, the wife having died prior to | the member, 
and no change having been made, the whole of the benefit is payable to the son Louis, the 
surviving beneficiary. The lawyer who advised in the case evidently had not consulted the 
constitution of the order which distributes the benefit. 

Yours respectfully. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN" TYPEWRITING. 107 

172. 

Dear Sir: Please accept my thanks for drafts of $5,000 in payment in full of my 
claims against the United States Mutual Accident Association of New Yorli, under provis- 
ions of two policies of $5,000 each held by me in said Association, by reason of loss of my 
right arm. 

And also permit me to express my appreciation of the promptness of the company you 
represent, in adjusting and paj'ing said claims according to the specification of contract, and 
I take pleasure in recommending your company to all desiring insurance against accident. 

Believe me very | truly yours, 



173. 

Gentlemen : Permit me to call your attention to the inclosed circular letter of the Pru- 
dentials. I wish also to inform you that in addition to the lines these companies will write 
on grain in elevators, I have additional facilities for handling at least $100,000 in each ele- 
vator on short notice. As I am in no manner connected with the board of underwriters, I 
am at liberty to enter into negotiations with you under special contract with the view of 
offering inducements in the way of a saving in the cost of insurance. I shall | be pleased at 
any time you may request to call upon you and submit companies and rates. 

Yours respectfully, 



174. 

Dear Sir: Your attention is invited to the plan of the Bankers' and Traders' Accident 
Association, which, formulated by accident underwriters of experience and standing, offers to 
the public equal security and more liberal indemnities than any other company, with a policy 
free of technicalities. 

Only selected preferred risks are taken, and the Association is thus enabled to offer the 
insurance at very low rates. For a $5,000 policy the cost is about $12 per annum, payable in 
quarterly assessments of $3, or the full amount of $12 can be paid | at one time, for which a 
deposit receipt will be given, thereby saving tbe necessity of paying small amounts or lapsing 
through forgetfulness. 

This company has deposited to the credit of its policy holders an ample emergency fund 
to meet losses as they arise, which will be increased as tbe number of members increases. 

The list of officers and directors is a guarantee of what the management will be. 

With a view of increasing our membership amongst first-class risks, we have decided to 
write a limited number of $5,000 policies gratis; in other words, to | waive the usual admis- 
sion fee of five dollars. 

We inclose a blank application and cordially invite you to fill it out and return to the 
secretary of the company. If accepted, he will send you a policy and thus enable you to pro- 
vide against accident at the very low rate of $1 per month, or about three cents per day. 

Eespectfully yours, 



108 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



COMMISSION. 
175. 

Baltimore, Nov. 14th, 1890. 
Messrs. Kauffman Milling Co., 

Bethalto, 111. 
Gentlemen: 

Tlje new corn has been harvested, and while it is without question a very moderate crop, 
still some of it must find its way to market at some price 

Baltimore is the natural market of a large territory in the West, and her grades being 
fairly liberal, it is the safest market to sell in, at the seaboard at least, if not in the country. 
We shall hope to be favored with a share of your consignments to our market, in the hand- 
ling of I which we will take every care that your interests are protected. If you prefer to 
sell to us net track here, we are at all times ready to make prompt bids for any amount you 
may desire to ofler, and are in position to pay full prices at all times. 

When you have grain to offer, if we have no representative in j^our vicinity, kindly wire 
us and we will bid you promptly in reply, stipulating grade and delivery. If you have grain 
to offer by sample at any time, please mail or express samples to us, and we will | make 
prompt bids, or quote value as you prefer. 

We have our own private Telegraphic Code Books, a copy of which we will send by 
mail upon receipt of request. 

For the prices of all grains and the tendency of the market, we refer to P. & C. here- 
with enclosed. 

Awaiting your early favors, we are, 

Very truly yours, 

Schryver & Scholl. 



176. 

Dear Sir: Wo again beg leave to call your attention to our own price-current, which is 
based on the present prices, and which will rule the balance of the week and may go a little 
higher. 

The extreme hot, dry weather has so affected the market that all kinds of canned goods 
are booming, and almost everything in our line is being affected also. There will be a great 
scarcity of canned goods this winter, and if you intend to purchase, we would advise you to 
purchase immediately as prices are going up every day. 

We quote you : 
Tomatoes | (Favorite $1.00 Apricots (Amer. P. Co. $1.90 

(Van Camps 1.00 (Overland. 1.80 

(Yuba $2.50 

Bartlett Pears (Overland 2.30 Peaches (Yellow Free $2.55 

(Eancho C. 3.45 (White Heath 2.50 

Cherries, plums, grapes and all kinds of berries are very scarce and rapidly advancing. 
Awaiting your orders, we remain, 

Yours truly, 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 109 

177 
Gentlemen : 

Cotton. We have no special occasion to refer to cotton since our last, for the 
market has again become fairly quiet and showed but small fluctuations. Prices here have 
followed very closely the tendency of Liverpool doings where they have apparently been 
largely influenced by crop figures emanating from this side, and notably the estimates of Mr. 
Neill, who originally was reported as looking for a small crop, and since then it has been 
officially stated that his ideas were for a yield of 7,600,000 minimum. As before remarked, 
knowing ourselves the impossibility | of arriving at a sure conclusion in this respect, we do not 
feel warranted in criticising Mr. Neill's figures. We have given expression to our own and 
we are willing to stand on same, for there has been of late no occasion to make any change 
in this regard whatsoever. The community here at large are bullish and for the time being 
only heed such influences as are in accord with their wishes, and thus we have fairly steady 
markets here in the face of the past few days' decline in Liverpool. In fact, our people 
here impute greater strength | to the foreign markets than is evident by the daily reports from 
the other side, and much is said and expected from the consuming powers of the foreign 
spinners during the next six months. In this respect we would observe that they have already 
secured a very fair quantity in excess of what they have usually taken or needed, and this 
will certainly tell hereafter when their requirements will not be so large, and if the cotton is 
in existence, it will be to a certain extent a drag on the market later on. Trade here has the 
past few I weeks shown an inclination to do better, and our own personal experience confirms 
this to a material extent both as to inquiry and prices. But, even admitting the improve- 
ment, it is not likely that American spinners will take more this year than they did last. On 
the whole, we think there will be ample cotton, with a probability that the excess will tell be- 
fore the end of the season. There is no special feature to the trading here, and we simply 
call attention again to the fact of the support which Ealli Bros, give the market through 
their holdings in | December. In connection with this, we must observe that the near months 
are again below a Southern paritj^ which for the time being is a bar to the accumulation of 
stocks here, though this matter must regulate itself in time. 

Coffee has shown much activity all through the week. On Friday last we were sur- 
prised with a cable at one o'clock saying, "Exchange weak and lower in consequence of political 
trouble." We did not at the moment realize the seriousness of this forecast, and only about 
two hours later did we receive the actual announcement of the condition of affairs | which ex- 
isted, advising u3 of the change in the government and the deposition of the emperor, Dom 
Pedro. Since then, of course, we have a more peaceful assurance of a general acquiescence 
in the new order of things, and we can only hope for the sake of the country that tranquility 
may continue there. One thing, however, is sure, that the changed order of things will 
leave a certain lack of confidence for a good while to come, and it will be months before peo- 
ple take the assurance that stability is a fact in the recently organized republic. The moral | 
effect on our market was at first an adverse one ; but, at the opening of the market next 
day, prices were decidedly better in the apprehension that supplies would be retarded by 
possible entanglements in the forwarding markets, This, however, does not seem probable 
at this writing. The receipts continue small and can now be readily understood. The mar- 



110 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

ket, however, has not paid much attention to this factor, but has been rather governed by 
advices of the crop than anything else. A few cables repeating reduced figures for the next 
yield have carried as much weight as the political uncertainties. | We feel that it is not a 
good time to take much if any interest in the article, and although there is no reason to be 
specially apprehensive, of course we cannot tell what the morrow may bring forth in the 
present state of affairs there. We do not lay much stress on the crop news because we do 
not think that they are justified yet in speaking of the prospects with any degree of cer- 
tainty. Were the political factor eliminated from the whole question, we would unhesitat- 
ingly say that we feel the market a sale; but, as it is, | we are satisfied to be merely lookers 
on at present. 

Wheat. The extreme dullness in this commodity has caused us to refrain from ex- 
pressing any views in our last letter. The receipts in the Northwest continue liberal and have 
been a source of weakness. The long interest in the market has to a great extent been liqui- 
dated, our bulls having become tired of waiting for developments. We can only repeat 
what we have so often stated heretofore, that we consider present prices reasonably safe and 
do not consider that purchasers carry great risks. 

Yours sincerely, 



178. 

Dear Sir: Your kind letter of August 24th received. Such words of encouragement 
nerve me for the fray, and we hope to be ready for business in a few days. 

Let me know what your people are buying and what they are paying for beans, evap- 
orated apples, sun-dried apples and peaches, blackberries, raspberries, etc., and where they 
are getting their supplies, and it may be we can put you in the way of selling some goods 
next week. 

We will not be fairly in the field before the middle of September, although we are 
already selling some goods. | But our store and office are not in a fix for business. At the 
same time we are catching all we can. The painters, carpenters, elevator men, and a half a 
dozen other kinds of mechanics are in the house, nailing and slashing around so that it is hard 
to do any thing, but we will get settled early next week and will then post you thoroughly. 

Give us any pointers that will be of service to us, and we will do the same in your 
case. 

With kind regards, we remain, 

Yours truly. 



179. 

Gentlemen: Your letter of Aug. 7th came to hand in due time. We have been ex- 
pecting to hear from you, but suppose you have been exceptionally busy, as we understand 
that California fruits have moved freely, and prices advancing have made it very hard work 
for you to keep up with the market. Of course, beans have weakened, but old stock is 
pretty well reduced. Suppose you have not given much attention to them. 

We have received quotations from time to time from Denning & Gould, and from what 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. HI 

they tell us, your prices are higher than others coming [ in this marlset; the result is, they 
have not sold as early. We are sorry that we did not get started a little sooner as we 
could have gotten in before prices advanced, but we yet feel that later on we can do better 
than just at the present time. All we can say is, that if you conclude to give us your goods 
to sell, we will push them and not let anything else interfere with them. Of course you 
know what is best for your interest, and if you think it best to let a broker rob | you, well 
and good. Yet we feel that with your wide acquaintance and favorable standing with job- 
bers, not only here but in the West, we could be of service to you in working in large 
quantities of fruit, beans, etc. Let us hear from you further regarding this matter. We 
can make you a discount on every car that you ship, and with the shipment you could send 
us an invoice of what the car contained, and then we would try and sell the goods while in 
transit. We can make arrangements to have these goods distributed wherever we want | 
them, and our opinion is that we can be of service to you, and we hope that you will favor 
us with your account, if you can see that it is to your interest to do so. We can put a 
young man on your special line of goods and let him give his personal attention to your 
goods as long as it justifies us in doing so. Let us have your views regarding this matter, 
and, if you do not feel well enough satisfied with our ability in this direction, we can give you 
references unlimited. 

Post us fully 1 in regard to dried fruit and beans, and any information that we can give 
you we will cheerfully furnish. We have a number of letters out now and will, no doubt, 
be able to post you fully in a few days. 

Hoping ere long to see Mr. Schact, and certainly to hear from you, we remain, 

Yours truly. 



LUMBER. 
180. 

Dear Sir : We desire to call your attention to the fact that we are engaged in the Lumber 
Commission business, handling all kinds of lumber, making a specialty of yellow pine, pop- 
lar, walnut, long leaf pine, oak, cypress, hickory, ash, yellow pine flooring, cotton wood, 
cypress shingles. 

It would give us great pleasure to handle any shipments of lumber you may have for 
sale. We will in all cases endeavor to get the highest market price for you, less the regular 
commission. Our facilities for handling lumber with promptness and dispatch are unsur- 
passed, and we feel confident we can please | you. Therefore we guarantee satisfaction on 
any or all consignments you may kindly trust in our care. We would be pleased to corre- 
spond with you at all times and keep j'ou posted in regard to prices, etc. 

Trusting we may be favored with a trial shipment, and hoping that we may number you 
among our regular customers, we remain. 

Yours respectfully, 



112 HOf^ TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

181. 

Gentlemen: We are in the market right away for a million feet of sassafras lumber, 
inch, and inch and one-half thick (about 20% to be of the latter thickness) 12, 14 and 16 
feet lengths. The lumber may be dry, partly dry, or all green. Width from six inches up 
will be taken, but lots must average so that at least one-half will run ten inches and over wide. 
If you have no sassafras lumber on hand, we are prepared to give orders to have it cut, if 
you can get the logs | within a reasonable length of time. 

We will take the lumber mill run, merchantable measurement. Please write us and give 
price you can deliver the lumber f. o. b. cars or wharf, St. Louis, and how soon. 

Yours very truly, 

Smith & Little. 

148 

182. 

Messrs. Henry L. Jennings & Co., 

Louisville, Ky. 
Gentlemen : 

Your inquiry of the 29th is received. We will deliver the one thousand feet 7-8" x 18" 
X 14' S. 2 S., at $37.50 per M. Fourteen thousand 7-8" S. 2 S., from 12" to 16" wide, 
one-half to run at least from 14" to 15" at $33.00 per M. 

We have the lumber in stock, dry, and can have it dressed and shipped at once on re- 
ceipt of your I order, if you will favor us with the same. 

Yours very truly. 

Smith, Jameson & Little. 
116 

183. 

Dear Sir: We could make you the Library table spoken of yesterday, to be covered 
with the cloth as shown by bearer, at $5.50. This is the most durable stuff for table 
covering and the most appropriate for the purpose. We would demand cash on delivery of 
goods. 

If this is satisfactory, please send me a few lines with bearer and we will start forthwith 
making the tables. 

Yours respectfully, 

Joseph Peters Furniture Co., 

Joseph Peters, 

President. 
78 



MISCELLANEOUS. 

184. 

Gentlemen : Replying to your letter of January 2nd, we wish a good fair article of 
3-16 and 1-4 inch cotton rope to use for making clothes lines. The sample of " A " that 
you sent us is a little finer quality than necessary for our use, and we must have a rope con- 
siderably cheaper than your prices on this rope. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 113 

We wish a rope that is run loose twisted so as to make the lines run as light to the 

dozen as possible. Will you please send us a sample of your "X " quality of rope and 

also I state whether you make any lower grade than this. If so, send us sample and name 

us the lowest price per pound at which you could enter our order for say 200 or 300 coils . 

Yours truly, 

141 

185. 

Dear Sir: Yours of the 27th inst. to hand. 

Up to the present time nothing has been done with the parties referred to in connection 
with the Minnesota and Dakota agency, and will now proceed to make arrangements with you, 
if agreeable. We will include Minnesota and Dakota, excepting the city of St. Paul. 

We understand that you have facilities for working the territory named by means of sub- 
agents, and intend doing so. Of course you understand that we do not want to give the ter- 
ritory named, or any other, for any one to lie down on. If we give | this territory to you, 
we shall expect you to have it thoroughly canvassed and as often as occasion may require ; 
and just so long as you do this, just so long will we feel that this territory is yours, and that 
we have no right in it. In case jobbers or consumers should write to order one or more ma- 
chines, all such orders we will refer to you, not one of them will we fill except by j'-our di- 
rection. 

Regarding the price of the Printers, we will put them to you at 10 per cent, off of price 
list I on Nos. 1 and 2, and 15 per cent, off on Nos. 3 and 4. 

We send you a No. 2 Printer to-day by express. 

If the foregoing meets with your approval you may have the agency, as stated. If you 
feel that there are some little alterations that ought to be made, all you need to do is to 
submit them. 

Whoever takes an agency from us, we want him to take it in good faith, and if that is not 
his intention, we would prefer that he would not take it at all; and, should the time come | 
that he feels he is not justiiied in continuing the agency, the least he can do is to say so and 
ask to be released, and we will gladly release him. 

Very truly yours. 



186. 

Gentlemen: Eeplying to your letter of January 20th, kindly have your people wire a 
tracer after the car that you shipped us on that date if you have not already done so, so as to 
insure its coming through promptly . As soon as the car arrives, we will have a stencil cut 
to fit the 2 1-2 gross boxes and forward it to you. 

We note what you say in regard to the stencil for the 5 gross boxes. After this car ar- 
rives we will then see how they look, and if necessary send you another stencil. You may | 
enter our specifications for the second car to be assorted as follows: 150 boxes, 2 1-2 gross, 
filling the car with 5 gross boxes. You may arrange to ship this car on February 20th, 
provided we do not instruct you to get it forward before that time. 

Yours truly, 

153 



114 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

187. 

New York, Sept. 29, 1890. 
L. Cass Miller, Esq., 
Sir: 

Hearing that it is proposed to erect a new church at St. Louis, Mo., we beg leave to 
call attention to the various works undertaken by our firm. 

Our high standing and great repute as church furnishers, stained glass artists and deco- 
rators is sufficient guarantee for the true ecclesiastical character and style of all work carried 
out by us. 

Our prices are as low as possible compatible with the best workmanship and materials, 
and every effort is made to improve the character and finish of our | work. The business 
embraces the following departments, including all that is necessary for the complete furnish- 
ing and decorating of any church. 

Stained glass. Finest figure from $8 to $15 per square foot. " Grisalle," or Cathedral 
tinted work from $5 upwards. Plain cathedral quarries from 70 cents. 

Marble and stone work. Altars, fonts, reredoses, tablets and memorials of every de- 
scription. 

Metal work. Altar crosses, candlesticks, desks and vases, alms dishes, font ewers, 
lecterns, lighting arrangements, memorial tablets, etc. 

Wood work, carved or plain, for altars, reredoses, clergy seats, stalls, seating, etc. 

Embroideries. Altar cloths, frontals.antepeordia, | bookmarkers,stoles, vestments, etc. 

Textile fabrics for altar hangings, dosels, etc., rich silk damasks, velvets, etc. 

Plate, In gold, silver or electro plate for communion sets, alms basins, etc. 

Linen for altar cloths, chalice veils, corporals, purificators, etc. 

Estimates and designs supplied free of charge, and where any special work is required 
we are always pleased to prepare special sketches upon receipt of information as to the 
character of the work required. 

Trusting to be favored with your orders, we are. 

Yours respectfully, 

Cox Sons, Buckley & Co. 



188. 

Dear Sir : Eeplying to your letter of the 19th, 'we note what you say in regard to prices 
and freight allowance made by the Chicago people on fiber ware. This cuts our margin down 
pretty fine, and we hope it will be only exceptional cases as great a freight allowance as 40 
cents per hundi-ed pounds, when you sell at the 13 per cent. list. 

We are getting a freight allowance of 45 cents per hundred pounds on this ware. This 

is twenty-two cents per hundred pounds more than it costs us to deliver it | here, so that on 

sales made at this price and this freight allowance that you have made, we have to allow 18 

cents per hundred pounds out of our profit. We would prefer to do this rather than pass it. 

Yours truly, 

143 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 115 

189. 

Gentlemen : On January 1st, I will remove my carriage factory to West St. Louis. I 
now have for rent the two large commodious and centrally located buildings on the south- 
west corner of 10th and St. Charles streets. Inclosed I send you a cut of the same. These 
buildings are right in the center of the wholesale trade and are well adapted for merchandis- 
ing or manufacturing. I also have an engine, boiler, smoke stack, and pump in good con- 
dition for sale. 

If you are thinking of making any change in your location, or know of any friend, 
acquaintance, or stranger | who desires to rent a first-class building either for merchandising or 
manufacturing, I should be pleased to have you call upon me or write me. I can give pos- 
session either on or before the first of January. I will rent these buildings either together 
or separately, in whole or in part. 

Please give this matter your consideration. 

Yours respectfully, 

160 

190. 

Gentlemen : We understand you use large quantities of cut rubber belting of different 
sizes, and would say we can offer you a very low price on remnants of a good grade of belt- 
ing. They are all comparatively fresh stock, not over a year old. If interested, we would 
be pleased to send you memorandum of sizes and lengths, with price. 

Awaiting your early reply, we remain, 

Yours truly, 

68 



GRAIN. 
191. Liverpool, Sept. 20, 1890. 

Kauffman Milling Co., 

St. Louis, Mo. 
Gentlemen: The dullness predicted in our advice of last week has been fully realized, 
and the demand for flour has been in retail only. We do not alter quotations, but they must 
be regarded as nominal in absence of important transactions, sellers being quite ready to 
make a reduction when buyers appear. The weather has continued favorable for the comple- 
tion of harvest. The arrivals of wheat at this port are excessive, say 17|3,000 quarters, 
during the last five days, and instead of the apprehended scarcity there is appearance of 
abundance all round the horizon. 

Offers of flour from your side are more numerous, and lower prices indicated, but 
scarcely in any case showing a margin for importers. 

We quote: First Winter Patents, 33/- to 34/-; Second Patents, 32/- to 32/-6 ; Extra 
Fancies, 30-6 to 31-; and Fancies, 29- to 29-6 ; First Spring Patents, 33- to 34-; Second 
Patents, 31- to 32- | ; First Bakers, 27- to 27-6; and Second Bakers, 24- to 25-; all per 
280 lbs. ex store. 

Yours faithfully, 

Eeid & Glassrow. 



116 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

192. 

Dear Sirs : Enclosed please find purchase note for 500 bags Gem flour as per cable exchanged 
between us ; we are glad that further business did result, although market has declined 
somewhat, caused by the fine weather prevailing here. Large supplies of English wheat were 
brought in yesterday and prices receded 21 to 31, whilst foreign wheat and flour kept com- 
paratively firm. 

Yours truly, 



193. 

Dear Sir : The depression in our market for breadstufl's referred to in our last still con- 
tinues and prices favor buyers. 

The attendance at to-day's market was small. Wheat was as low sale at 3d. per ball 
under last Wednesday's prices. Flour was also in poor demand, although sellers would have 
conceded 6d. per sack. American millers have reduced the c. i. f . prices this week, but buy- 
ers do not respond, and wait till recent purchasers are cleared before operating anew. 

The weather here during the past two days has been very wet and must have injured 
the grain | still outstanding in the later districts. 

The arrivals of wheat and flour are heavy. 

Yours truly, 



194. 

Dear Sirs : Owing to Mr. Hull's having interests elsewhere which demanded his attention, 
the firm of Hull & Waples was not consummated as intended. I have made arrangements 
which enable me to carry on the grain and provision business as per our verbal agreement 
when in your ofiice in August last. 

Will have a competent man to take charge of and make a specialty of your line, and will 
give same my personal attention necessary to keep your samples before the trade constantly. 

Please keep me posted as to your market by mail and wire. 

Respectfully yours, 

97 



195, 

Dear Sirs : We are shipping Mr. Borland the car of grain at his price, but we make no 
shipstuif, so could not ship the 5,000 lbs. of shipstuff. We make a fine middlings which is 
worth now 83 cents per hundred. We sold a car at that a day or so ago, but the ordinary 
shipstufi", which is about half way between our middlings and bran, we do not make. We 
would have bought it for you had we known where to get it. Please tell Mr. Borland ac- 
cordingly. We make the credits as per your letter of the same date. 

Yours truly, 

96 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 117 

196. 

Gentlemen: We thank you for your letter of the 30th ult., with order for 50 barrels 
each of Kauffman's Best and Victoria grades. Same will go forward promptly. Market is 
a little higher than when we made you these quotations, but we will ship at the prices quoted 
you. Cash wheat is very scarce and hard to get, and until another harvest we see but little 
show of forcing prices down, and even then, with the gloomy prospect for the growing crop, 
we do not look for lower prices. We shall make a draft at thirty | days, which we hope will 
be satisfactory to you, although, if you desire to pay cash, one per cent, discount will be 
taken off. 

Yours respectfully, 



197. 

Dear Sir : Wheat. To-day's market suffered further disturbance from long wheat, the 
liquidation iu December continuing and spreading somewhat to May. Holders were uneasy 
and let go rather freely. New York reported some export takings, but nothing very impor- 
tant, at least it was so regarded here. Cables were softer as might have been expected. 
Hutchison was not figuring very prominently, but is considered as being a bull and long of 
wheat. From the advices we get, farmers' deliveries in the northwest are on the decline and 
we expect to see receipts at Minneapolis and Duluth showing a decrease [ very soon, and if 
they are not supplemented by larger winter wheat receipts, the market should be favora- 
bly affected. The close was weak, corn dull and featureless, oats quiet and slow, provisions 
firm until New York declined sharply on lard when our market turned and ruled easy on 
everything but pork which M'as firm. 

Yours truly, 

155 
198. 

Dear Sir ; Our market is still weighted with arrivals, largely in excess of requirements, 
which for the time being give buyers all the advantage, and with weaker advices day after 
day from America, holders get more or less tired, and by making concessions, endeavored to 
bring buyers into the market again, but so far, latter do not respond, hence a considerable 
increase in stocks. Spot wheat values are 1 d, (a) 1^ d. lower, and futures 2 d. lower per 
100 lbs. Flour is difficult to quote; trade being of the merest retail character fa) 6 d. to | 
1 s. decline, the larger buyers are still disposed to wait, arguing that foreign flour is still 
relatively much too dear. The shipment prices show an important decline, but taking our 
reduced values also into account, there is little to tempt buyers here. 

U. K. floating supply has decreased 95,000 qrs. and arrivals have been 186,000 qrs. 
over requirement. 

Stock, Oct. 1st, as follows: 
Wheat, Oct. 1, 1890. Sept. 1, 1890. 

Centals, 2,332,327 | 1,430,000 

Flour, 

2801b. 105,916 97,821. 

Yours truly, 



118 now TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

199. 

Gentlemen : We beg to inclose duplicate drawback certificate covering shipment of bag«. 
via Baltimore. This is the certificate which we require to complete Feb. 's entry. Please 
execute this document and return to us as soon as possible. 

Your usual good attention to this matter will oblige, 

Yours faithfully, 



PATENTS. 

200. 

June 6, 1890. 
Mr. B. Simons, 

Bloomfield, N. J, 
Dear Sir: 

Your favor of the 30th ult. is received. 

If your invention contains a new and useful combination, there is no doubt but that 
you can obtain a patent, and we shall be glad to attend to your application. 

In our opinion the best course for you to pursue would be to interest some manufacturer 
of this class of goods in your invention, or interest some party in it who would be willing 
to pay the | fees for obtaining a patent for an interest in the invention. 

Our fees are all payable in advance, and we could not take the case as you suggest with 
the fees payable at some later time, but should you get some one interested with you and 
desire to make the application, we will be pleased to attend to your case and give it the 
best of attention. Very respectfully. 



201. 

Dear Sir: Your favor of yesterday is received. In answer thereto we would state 
that trade-mark registrations are of two kinds : State registration and United States regis- 
tration. A State registration may be secured by any one operating within the State, but in 
order to secure a United States registration, the trade-mark must have been in use in some 
foreign country or Indian nation. 

Very respectfully. 



202. 

Dear Sir : We are in receipt of your favor of the 5th inst. 

It is necessarily a rule in our office not to disclose or to give any information concerning 
the application of a party without his authority. We are quite willing to tell you exactly 
the condition of Mr. Fuller's application, but please have him send a written request to us 
to do so. 

Very respectfully, 

66 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 119 

203. 

Dear Sir : Your favor of j'esterday is received. 

In making application for patent, a model is not required by the Patent Office except in 
a few cases. One of your planes would answer for us to prepare the application papers from. 

The first Government fee, $15, is payable in advance. The papers will be prepared by 
us and sent to you for signature and returned to us with the attorney's fees, $25. No further 
payment isrequn-ed until the patent has been allowed, when there will be a final Government 
fee of $20 | payable, making the entire cost of the patent $60. 

Patents are granted for seventeen (17) years. 

Very respectfully. 



204. 

Dear Sir : Your favor of yesterday, together with model of paper trimmer of S. J. Will- 
iams, is received. 

Our charge for making examination as to the patentability of this invention would be 
$5. The application fees for making application for patent would amount to $42.00, which 
Avould be the full amount payable until the application had been allowed, when there would 
be the second and final Government fee of $20, making the entire cost of the patent $62. 

Awaiting your instructions, we are. 

Very respectfully, 



205. 

Dear Sir : We have made a careful examination through the U. S. patent records, as 
to the patentability of your improvement in clocks, and have to report that we have not been 
able to find a patent anticipating your construction, and therefore regard the invention as 
patentable. 

We presume you desire to proceed with the application for patent under these circum 
stances, but await your instructions before preparing the papers. 

Very respectfully. 



206. 

Dear Sir : In matter of your application for letters-patent of the United States for im- 
provement in saws : 

We have to inform you that the case has been examined and claim 3 rejected in view of 
the patent of C. Disston, No. 63,024, dated March 19, 1867. We are of opinion that this 
claim may be modified so as to avoid the patents referred to. 

Enclosed find copy of your claims and also of the Disston patent, which please return to 
us with instructions as to further prosecution [ of the case. 

Yours very respectfully, 

106 



120 MOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



MINING. 
207. 

My dear Sir: In response to your request, Therewith give you the result of my in- 
spection of the mines and property of the Mount Hope Mining Company. On the occasion 
of my last visit to California I was ten days upon the company's property, and during that 
time had the fullest and freest opportunity to learn all the most essential facts. All the 
samples were selected by myself or under my direction in the mine, and by me delivered to 
the chemists here by whom the assays were made. 

The mine is located at an elevation of 4,0|00 feet. There is an abundance of timber in 
the immediate neighborhood, which, under the mining law, can be had for the expense of 
cutting and hauling. The company owns their own water right on the North Fork of the 
river. The river is, of course, lowest at the end of the dry season, September and October, 
at which time the supply of water is only sufficient to run 10 or 15 stamps. During the 
balance of the year, power is abundant for 20 to 50 stamps and other machinery. The mill 
site of the [ company is located on the west bank of the North Fork. The mill is of the 
most approved pattern and consists of 10 stamps and 650 lbs., each low discharge bat- 
teries; the whole resting on a solid rock foundation. Power is furnished by a Knight 
wheel under 65 feet pressure. The water canal is about one mile long, in many places cut 
into the solid rock, and for several hundred feet carried around shelving rocks by a substan- 
tial flume. In addition to these improvements at the river, there is a complete Cornish 
buddle for concentrating sulphurets, | a large barn, sleeping house, boarding house, etc. 
Leading from the company's bridge across the river, past the mill and other buildings up to 
the highest point of the mine, is a wagon road about one mile long on a well-established 
grade. I found it in perfect condition, in many places cut deeply into the side hill, and cor- 
duroyed at others where the ground became soft or yielding from rains. The ore wagons 
traverse this road and deliver the ore directly into the ore bins back of the batteries through 
a trap door. At the mine there is a | boarding house, sleeping house, barn, blacksmith shop, 
powder house, a large and well-graded timber yard, an ore yard, an ore bin built substan- 
tially of heavy timber and capable of holding about 100 tons, tracks, cars, tools, etc. 

The outcroppings on the vein are very slight indeed; I do not recall any over three 
inches in width, and these gave but little promise of the ore bodies that have been encount- 
ered as depth was attained. The shafts, tunnels, etc., exist just as they are represented on 
the map. I also verified distances, depths of shafts, etc. The main | tunnel, called the 
Blacksmith Tunnel, starts in east of the ledge and so continues for a distance of 30 feet, at 
which point ore was encountered at a depth of 50 feet, increasing in depth as the tunnel ad- 
vanced. This ore was worked out above the present level several years ago, but the same 
ore body was more recently encountered on a drift 55 feet below present level. It was from 
12 to 80 inches wide, free milling, and of excellent grade. There are no outcroppings to 
this ore body, although at the greatest depth | it is over 100 feet in length. From the south 
end of this ore body to the north line of the claim, a distance of 700 feet, there are 66 dis- 
tinct, well-defined ore chutes, the more important ones running from 65 to 118 feet in 
length. Between these ore chutes, the ore is small in quantity or much lower grade, and 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 121 

these spjices are accordingly left blank on the map. The vein is closed at no point, but is 
distinctly traceable the entire distance by the presence of quartz in place. | Thus far the ore 
has averaged from 2 to 4 feet in width. I was assured by miners who had worked in the 
mine that in chute No. 4 the vein was stoped and milled from 4 to 11 feet wide. I was not 
able to verify this by the appearance of the stopes, as loose rock had fallen from above and 
made measurements difBcuIt. I do not question it, however, as I found all the facts to tally 
substantially M'ith the statements made me prior to my investigation. In gold mines that 
pay and hold with depth, the | ore is always found in chutes or chimneys, usually lengthening 
to a certain distance below surface, and then continuing to great depths. There are man}^ 
mines on the coast that are being mined on the 800 foot level. The pay chute, which is be- 
tween 300 and 400 feet long, consisted of two or three shorter chutes above and came together 
as one on the lower levels. The Mount Hope vein is almost perpendicular, having a slight 
east pitch. The east or " hanging wall " is remarkably smooth and regular. The west 
wall next to the | ore is not so regular, as the true foot wall of the vein lies several feet to the 
west. Mining thus far has been confined to the east wall; very little cross cutting to the 
west has as yet been done. This feature of the formation certainly justifies the expectation 
of large ore bodies below. It is the general opinion of miners in that section that the various 
ore bodies will make a continuous ore body with depth. Substantial proof of this was fur- 
nished in one case where drifts from the bottom of a 40 foot winze showed over | three times 
as much ore in length and width as was cut by the channel, and 12 or 14 inches of fine ore 
still in face of the drift. This ore, although cut at a depth of 175 feet, did not rise more 
than 50 feet above tunnel level. 

You will see by the map of the underground survey that the ledge has taken a very 
winding course, showing that the forces which operated to form the mine were suflicient to 
cause lines of fracture without regard to the cleavage planes of the country rock. | This is 
held to be the best evidence of a true fissure vein which could possibly be offered. The 
lowest mill runs were $14, the highest about $21, average $16. There are few gold mines 
that average higher than this for any length of time. Some of the best average con- 
siderably below this, $14 to $13. I took pains to verify near $25,000 bullion during 
eight months' working, which passed through the hands of one of the bankers at 
the county seat. I learned | that other shipments of bullion had been made during that 
time to Mr. Thos. Price, the well known chemist at San Francisco, and also the Anglo- 
American Bank, but I did not go there to verify these. Even on this basis, the showing 
was certainly very favorable, as, in the absence of proper " dead work," they were obliged 
to rely for ore from the bottom of a shaft or winze, and the face of a drift or tunnel. No 
attempt was ever made to sort the ores. They were mixed without regard to quality. The 
pay rolls which were open | to my inspection showed an average mining expense of less than 
$2,000 per month. 

It is always difficult to select samples of gold ore for assay where, as in this case, even 
the best ores show little or no visible gold. Various assays have run from $30 to $150 per 
ton and in the main have been very unsatisfactory, as such results were never claimed for the 
ore. The mill runs are the best guide. Several tons of concentrations are now in the buddle 
house. None have ever been sold, so | that lam unable to state how much additional per ton 



122 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

was saved in that way. The high assays are, doubtless, partially due to the fact that the 
samples were takeu from near the bottom of the drifts where the ores are of somewhat higher 
grade than they are above. As some second-class ore was to be seen at several points in the 
mine, I requested that 50 or 60 tons be crushed and bullion sent me. This was accord- 
ingly done with the result of $584. The ore was taken from the point | 17 and 18 marked 
barren on the map. 

I have had the property examined by two mining men known to me to be men of good 
judgment and long experience, and having no pecuniary interest at stake. Their report to 
me can be seen by you whenever desired. 

The deep "Union Tunnel" which is proposed to be run will start within a short 
distance of the mill and run in a northwesterly course, coming in under the north 
shaft and about 700 feet below the apex. Very few mines ever attain such a de- 
velopment without the | expenditure of one or two hundred thousand dollars. There 
will be no extra handling of the ore as it will pass directly from the mine to the mill. 
The work will be rapidly done with air compressors and patent air drills. These will 
largely reduce the force of actual mining, and, with the mill run by free water, will 
bring the cost of mining and milling below $6 per ton, including surface work, dead 
work, salaries, etc. An increase in the milling capacity can be met with a much less increase 
in the mining expense. The capacity of present | mill is about 400 tons per month. These 
facilities will enable the company to treat the lowest grade ores successfully and insure the 
largest per cent, of profit on ores of higher grade. The tunnel will pass through some 800 
feet of unprospected ground, and as the hill throughout is strongly mineralized, it is confi- 
dently expected that the tunnel will cut other bodies of quartz. I cannot see that the enter- 
prise is attended with any more hazard than the majority of commercial ventures, and it cer- 
tainly offers a reasonable prospect of much greater returns. 

KespectfuUy, 



ELECTRICITY. 
208. 

Gentlemen : The Municipal Company desire to run two wires on Dock street, between 
Broadway and Ninth street. They have applied to you for space on your poles, and you 
have refused them on account of the crowded condition of your line and the weak poles. It 
is not desirable to erect two lines of poles on any street, and we do not care to issue them a 
permit for the erection of another line of poles on this street. If your poles are too light 
for two more wires, the supposition is, of course, that you will in the near | future recon- 
struct this line, in putting higher and stronger poles, as has been your custom. Can you 
not arrange in this case to reconstruct this line now so as to accommodate the Muncipal Com- 
pany's wires? The wires will be parallel, and induction from the wires, if placed on your 
poles, would be less than if placed on a line of poles on the opposite side of the street. 
Kindly let me know what you can do in the matter at an early date. 

Very respectfully, 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IX TYPEWRITING. 



123 



2ioy. 

Dear Sir : The Electric Company applies to erect a line of poles on Taylor avenue between 
Easton avenue and St. Ferdinand street, in which locality j^ou have a line of thirty foot 
poles. Have you any objection to their putting on an additional arm and using your poles? 
An early reply will very much oblige. 

Yours truly, 



210. 

Gentlemen: Your application. No. 3080, is to string wire on Marcus and Lay avenues and 
King's Highway. I will call your attention to our letter of May 8th, specifying the condi- 
tions under which you will be allowed to run your lines through the trees in those localities, 
which are that you should use a wire with an approved insulation to be conducted through 
the trees with a tree insulator. You will please submit for approval a sample of the wire 
which you propose to use. Very respectfully. 



211. 

Dear Sir: Please arrange to change the location of lamp No. 3012, from midway between 
the intersection of Olive and South Cabanne streets to midway between the intersection on 
Olive and North Cabanne. Also, to change the location of lamp No. 3003 from the intersec- 
tion of South Cabanne and Olive to the intersection of South Cabanne and alley south of 
Olive, provided you can arrange with Mr. A. W. Hanson for any extra expense which 
you may be put to in making the above-mentioned changes. 

Yours respectfully, 



212. 



Boiler 



Fixtures and 
Trimmings 



U 



Write this letter on paper with marginal rulings. Insert the paper as far as pos- 
sible to the right to allow room for marginal headings. You can rule plain paper 
with red ink, extending tlie lines the whole length of the paper. 
Gentlemen : 

We propose to furnish you two (2) boilers each sixty-six (66) 
inches diameter by sixteen (16) feet long, made of Park Bros.' flanged 
steel sixty thousand (60,000) pounds tensile strength, hydrostatic pres- 
sure of one hundred eighty (180) pounds per square inch; containing 
fifty-eight (58) lap welded tubes, four (4) inches diameter and sixteen 
(16) feet long; thickness of shell three-eighths (3-8) inch ; heads one- 
half (1-2) inch ; drum to be thirty (30) inches diameter and eight (8) 
feet long with two legs. All | girth seams are to be single riveted; 
horizontal seams to be double stagger riveted ; head thoroughly braced 
with rods running from head to head. Boiler shall have man-hole in rear 
head ten by fifteen (10x15) inches and man-hole in front below tubes, 
each to be supplied with suitable yokes, plates and bolts. 

Boiler shall rest fore and aft on rear stand and fire front ; and shall 
be provided with three-fourths ( 3-4) front, three fire and ashdoors, grate 



124 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT AV TYPEWRITING. 



Stack 



Boiler Setting 



Material 



Piping 



Valves 
Mad Drums 

Workmanship 
Pumps 



Blow-off Tank 



bars, and bearers, rear arch bars, wall binding bars and rods, cleaning | 
door and frame, safety valve, combination water column with steam 
gauge, gauge glass and gauge cocks, blow-off, check and stop valves, 
and stack base plate. 

Stack shall be forty (40) inches in diameter by eighty (80) feet 
long; half of number ten (10) and half of number twelve (12) iron, 
and well stayed with angle irons, with full set of guy rods, four times 
the length of stack. 

Boilers are to be built by Rohan Bros, of St. Louis in accordance 
with the city ordinance and approval of the city inspector and all re- 
quirements. I Boilers can be inspected at any time during their con- 
struction by you or such person as you may appoint, and subject to 
your or their approval. Boilers shall have eighteen (18) inch walls 
around; lined inside with fire brick, so that either side of dividing line 
can be taken down without interfering with the other. The dividing 
wall shall be eighteen (18) inches brick and lined with fire brick with 
four (4) inch air space between. 

All material to be used shall be new and first-class in every respect. 
The smoke stack shall be erected and flue | connections made, with 
damper and attachments to each boiler. 

Trunk pipe shall be eight (8) inches in diameter and exhaust pipe 
thirteen (13) inches and of suitable length from engine to boiler and 
to heater, from heater to outside, thence forty (40) feet vertically with 
a Lyman exhaust condensing head on top, including all feed pipes, 
blow-off, suction pipes, drips, in fact every thing complete and a first- 
class job. Boilers to be set separately, to run single or double, con- 
nected by three (3) inch pipes at both ends and valve in pipe. 

Valves to | be Jenkin Bros'. 

Two (2) twenty (20) inch mud drums five (5) feet long, set paral- 
lel with boilers and clear of brick work. 

To be first-class in every respect. 

Two (2) Duplex steam pumps, size 7"x4 1-2" x 10", each pump 
fitted with sight-feed lubricator ; pumps to be of suitable capacity to 
supply both boilers. 

One tank to receive blow-off from boilers and heater, thirty-four 
(34) inches in diameter and three (3) feet deep with necessary open- 
ings for cleaning, and pipe connections. You to furnish | heater and 
grate bars of your own selection, all of which will be set by us. 

For grate bars, a reduction of sixty (60) dollars will be allowed, 
and for a heater, four hundred and twenty (420) dollars will be deducted 
from proposition number sixty-three hundred and ten (6310) made you 
this day. 

Awaiting your reply, we are. 

Yours truly. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



125 



P o » "^ 



s « .s 



O 0) 








'^■H 




4) 


H 


cs oT 




J3 




(0 XI 


ti 


^ 




9 m 


j3 


t»> 


•i 



.■p ^ 



(D 



^325 



J- 73 



■a o 
■3 a 



§& 



S o o 



w 2 2 ID 5 
I » .3 P-i '3 g g 

2 ■? S 



5 a s ^ 



° s 2 2::^ 



a „ g n a 

■S « -2 S ^ P o 

— . 'E " a ^ oj 

s 2 fe ■^s '^ >> a 

5. O "^ g ■« g 0) 

f 5.2 -.2 ^"5 

g « -3 fc K 2 ^ 



& a „ 

»■ 2 S 



^ J3 



g 5 
3 _, 

S « 

- o 



5^ 03 Oj 



^ ■" a 
•a a j3 



g-s 



« J2 ^ .2 
, 2 H s --s 



O- « -S "^ T^ 

"" :- ^ 2 ^ 



^ ^ . •'S ca rt 3 



S M 



^ 6 tj 

a «« 

■Sag 

S a 3 






•Ml 

o" a 



a — 

a 



a 5 o 2 



V&: 



1! "' 



S a 

4J J= 



l-s^^^a^aoT 

Q* rti C a '-2 !S a .a 

« i (S « a a •- M 

D. is |s s o a .« S 



i§ 



a 
'So 

a 



O 



I I 



.jl 



I I 

I I I 5 § I 

I I I (N CO I 

III I 



I I I 



I I I 



I I I 



I CO CO 
lO CO 

O C5 



i^ be 



s < 



K ^ : 



t~ o t- t^ 



." " ^ " 

f5 





i^ 


a 




^ 







.« 


> 


bC 







■5 


W 


bC 




r^^ 


^ 


>i-Cl 


•9 S 












c 


© 


(2 


a -5 


=+-1 a 


2 


bn 


^ 




:2 


<5 


"S 


^ 




■1 hn 



;>, OS 

5= o a 

J eq H 



o 

a ^ 



^ ^ rs 



=4-1 
fL, :: : : : ;: <„ "^ 

u2 ^ * ^ ^ - c^ 

(N «2 00 1-1 '-I CO =3 

^' Ti< f-' O >«' t- 2 00 

>0 irj CO ■<*< CD <N S 

bD O 

CDi— ICOtOi— 'O b.^^ 

lO^OCCCOfMOO _o'(D 

t-t-OOOOC^OD >. 

CO «d' 1-H ^' cm' CO o 2 

i^-*COCCiO<M ^tH-^ 

a:. : . . . § ^ 

c3 CO 

^ a 

cs .2 



O 03 O 



o o 
o 



Pm 



^ . 
o 

^ & 

CO -*^ 
00 aj 



O 



'-l'M<M-^-*'-l ^[i| 



c5 .t5 

:;s be, 

00 .S < 

a> r^ 

o 






§-b 



m 






s 
_ o 

03 ;-i 



03 



eS 

o 



03 



o 



IS 

•S '^ bC : 

a ffi H tT . 

tiJ 03 C S 

u ^ ^^ 






X! 



^ '^ 






cS 



3 fM " J- 

P r^ 9 -S 



^3 



03 S 

g .0 



■$ M 



~ 2 o '** 



cS 



^1 



S -^ 



P-i 



> a 
o o 
Xi ^ 



"Teg 
.2 *^ 

54-1 '-O o 



fl '^ 

a > 

O 03 

-fl 



-g §.2 
i p 



P fl =0 
s a =« 
o .5 >. 

^ 03 -= 

O «« ^ 

^ SI 
>^ « 

ci O 






03 &: g 

s ^ ^ 

rt 03 O 

u o 

03 03 



126 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



THE FOLDING, INSCRIPTION, AND COVERING OF DOCUMENTS. 

Legal documents, franchises, specifications, etc., written on the typewriter, are generally 
bound at the top, using a cover of tinted, thick paper a little larger than the typewritten sheet. 
This cover is folded about an inch and a half over the top of the inclosed pages and is fastened 
to them by means of staples or paper-fasteners, or else by red tape run through holes cut in 
the sheets. When folded, the cover or backer protects the whole document. This cover should 
be folded and the inscription written on the back before fastening it to the other pages. Lay 
a fold about an inch and a half wide at the top of the cover. Lay the cover down so the 
fold will be up and at the top of the page. Fold the cover twice upward, making the 
bottom and top edges exactly meet each time. The fold that remains on top is the one on 
which the insci'iption should be written. The left of the fold is the top and the right is the 
bottom, and the inscription is written across the fold near the top. That the cover may pass 
into the machine more easily, unfold one-half before inscribing. With red ink and a 
ruling pen draw neat lines, if desired, around the margin and under the principal lines of 
the inscription, thus : 



H 








m 




•" 






o 


d 


d 






'i^ 












>-< 


(S 






P^ 


I Ph 


' hJ 






^ 


? So 


^ 1— 1 






o 


r. 


fe 








w 


o 






N 


:2; 






h-l 


h-l 








H 


(^ 






W 


3 


Ph 






J 


M 






H 









Caution : When writing the document to be inclosed, be sure to begin (he first line of 
each page at least two inches from the top of the sheet, to allow sufficient room for binding 
and for convenient use afterward. When the document is finished, lay it neatly within 
the fold of the cover and fasten. 



214. 

ELECTRIC FRANCHISE. 

ORDINANCE NO. 1133. 

An oi'dinance permitting the Citizens' Street Eailway Company to change its motive power 
and extend its charter and use electricity in propelling machinery and for lighting purposes. 
Be it ordained by the City Council of the City of Springfield as follows : 
Sec. 1. That the Citizens' Street Eailway Company be and is hereby permitted to change 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 127 

its motive power from horse and mule power to electricity motor power as provided for 
in the acts of the General Assembly of the State of Missouri, approved March 18th, 
1887. I 

Sec. 2. Said Citizens' Street Railway Company shall, in the change of its said motive 
power, do and perform all work upon its superstructure and tracks in a way and manner 
so as not to stop or materially interrupt ordinary traffic and travel upon the streets of the 
city ; and shall not reconstruct its tracks on the streets occupied by it until the grades of 
the streets are established. In all cases where improvements are provided for or contem- 
plated, and in all places of change, erection of poles and work necessary for such change 
of motive power shall be | done under the supervision of the street committee of the city, 
to the end that said railway may be operated when said motive power is changed without 
damage to person or property, and in a way to impede ordinary traffic and travel on the 
streets as little as possible. Provided that said Street Railway Company shall keep the street 
between their tracks and for two feet outside of the outside rail thereof in the same condi- 
tion as the remainder of the street is kept by the city. 

Sec. 3. Said Street Railway Company shall charge not more than five cents | for a single 
trip one way or $1.00 for twenty-five trip tickets and not more than one-half the regular 
fare for children under twelve years of age, and nothing for children under three years of 
age. 

Sec. 4. That inasmuch as the contemplated change of motive power will be attended 
with expense, it is further provided that this privilege to operate said electric motor power 
on the streets now occupied by said Citizens' Street Railway Company shall continue for 
thirty-five years from the publication of this | ordinance. And said Citizens' Railway Com- 
pany shall have the right and privilege within the present and future corporate limits of 
the City of Springfield, Missouri, and the additions thereto, of building, erecting, laying, 
operating, maintaining, repairing and using electric apparatus and appliances, electric ma- 
chines, engines and apparatus, towers, masts, lamp posts, lamps, posts, poles, Avires, pipes, 
and all other machinery, apparatus, and appliances necessary and convenient for the use 
and application of electricity for the purpose of lighting and of using, operating, renting 
and applying such electric machines, electric apparatus and appliances, towers, masts, lamp 
posts, poles, wires, pipes and apparatus and appliances for the purpose of conveying | and 
supplying electric currents for light and power for hire and use in any and every capacity 
for which electricity is now or may hereafter be used ; and of so using and occupying the 
streets and alleys of said city of Springfield for said purpose, and for the erection of tow- 
ers, masts, posts, lamps, poles, etc. thereon, and the laying of wires and pipes therein, 
and for repairing the same without injury or detriment to private rights or property of 
individuals or corporations or without public detriment, except temporary inconvenience 
caused by the erection of such towers, masts, lamps, posts | poles, and the laying and running 
of such wires and pipes and repairing the same, all to be done under the police regulations 
of the city. Provided that such change of motive power shall be made within one year after 
the street improvements on the streets are completed by the city, otherwise the city reserves 
the right to repeal this ordinance as to the streets occupied by said company upon which such 
motive power has not been so changed. 



128 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



Sec. 5. All ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict with this ordinance are hereby- 
repealed. 

Sec. 6. This ordinance shall | take effect and be in force from and after its publication- 
Approved Oct. 3d, 1889. 

Ralph Walker, 

Mayor. 
G. W. Hackney, 

City Clerk. 



Attest : 



215. 



MISCELLANEOUS LAAV FORMS. 
Simple Designs for Seals. 



Seal 



Seal 



Seal 



Seal 



Borders for Titles of Cases. 



0-0-0-0-0 

o Seal o 

0-0-0-0-0 



I SEAL I 



Write the part to be inclosed and then make the border. When making the right side 
of the border, hold the left space key down to prevent the carriage from moving. Strike 
the desired key with the right hand, turn the lever and strike again. 



Bank of North Ameeica, ) 

Appellant, ) 

) 

) 
Frank B. McMillan, ) 

Respondent. ) 



Francis Stewart et al.. 



Plaintiffs, 



James T. Johnson, 



Defendant. 



No. 1678. 



The above are merely suggestions. There is ample room for the display of taste in 
making borders. The simplest forms, however, are the quickest made and the most 
business-like in appearance. 



AFFIDAVIT. 



216. 

State of Missouri, 



) 

) ss. 



County of Chariton. ) 

John Jones, administrator of the estate of John Smith, deceased, says that the fore- 
going is a full inventory and description of all the money, goods, chattels and estate, real 
and personal, books, papers and evidences of debt and of title of the deceased, and of all 
debts due and to become due, so far as he can ascertain them, except the property reserved 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 129 

as the absolute property of the widow, and that he is not indebted or bound in any contract 
to the deceased, at the time of his death | except as stated in said inventory. 

Administrator. 



Subscribed and sworn before me this fifth day of March, 1890. 
Clerk. 

122 

BILL OF SALE. 
217. 

THIS BILL OF SALE, made on January 1st, 1889, by Arthur Whitman, as grantor, to 
William Bauer as grantee : 

WITNESSETH: that said grantor, in consideration of one hundred ($100) dollars to 
him paid, the receipt of which is herebj^ acknowledged, hereby sells, assigns, transfers and 
sets over unto said grantee his entire interest in the personal property described as follows: 
One set of furniture situated at number 1 Broadway, St. Louis, Mo. 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD Said personal property unto said grantee and unto his heirs, 
executors, administrators and assigns forever. | 

Said grantor hereby covenants that said property is free from incumbrance, and that he 
will warrant and defend the title thereto against all claimants whomsoever. 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, this instrument has been signed, sealed and delivered. 



Seal. 



ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF DEED. 
218. 

STATE OF MISSOURI, 
CITT OF ST. LOUIS. 

Be it remembered, that on this twenty-fourth day of May, eighteen hundred and eighty- 
four, before me, the undersigned, a notary public within and for the city of St. Louis, quali- 
fied for a term expiring on the 6th day of July, 1885, personally appeared Mary E. Smith, 
Peter J. Smith her husband and Peter J. Smith her trustee, known to me to be the same 
persons described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and they acknowledged 
that they executed the same as their free act and deed. 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my notarial seal at 
office, in the city of St. Louis, the day and year first above written. 

o-o-o-o-o ^ 

I I 

o Seal, o 

o-o-o-o-o Notary Public. 

133 



130 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



WARRANTY DEED. 
219. 

THIS DEED, made on January 1, 1890, by Horace T. Dodge, of St. Louis, Missouri 
gi-antor, and Bryant A. Holmes of the same place, grantee. 

witnessseth: that said grantor, in consideration of one hundred ($100) dollars, to 
him in hand paid by said grantee, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, does, by 
these presents, grant, bargain, sell, convey and confirm unto said grantee, his heirs and as- 
signs, the real estate, situated in the county of St. Louis, State of Missouri, described as 
follows: the southeast quarter of section twenty-nine, range east of the | fifth principal 
meridian, containing one hundred and sixty acres. 

To Have and to Hold said real estate, together with the improvements thereon, and the 
rights. Immunities, privileges and appurtenances thereunto belonging, unto said grantee and 
unto his heirs and assigns forever. 

Said grantor hereby covenants that he will warrant and defend the title to said real estate 
against the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever. 

IN TESTiMONT WHEKEOF, Said grantor has hereunto set his hand and seal. 

177 



SEAL 



WILL. 

220. 

I, Clarence Keyes, of the City of St. Louis, State of Missouri, hereby declare this instru- 
ment to be my last will and testament, and hereby revoke all former testamentary dispo- 
sitions of my estate heretofore made ^ay me. 

EiRST, I hereby give and bequeath to my wife. Bertha W. Keyes, if she survive me, 
my entire estate, real, personal and mixed, wheresoever situated. 

SFCOKD, I hereby appoint my said wife. Bertha W. Keyes, if she survive me, my ex- 
ecutrix, and direct that she shall not be required to give bond as executrix. 

THIRD, In the event of my wife dying before me, | I hereby give and bequeath my en- 
tire estate, real, personal and mixed, wheresoever situated, to my son, Morris A. Keyes. 

FOURTH, In the event of m}' wife dying before me, I hereby appoint Paul F. Cannon 
my executor, and hereby direct that he shall not be required to give bond as such executor. 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I havc signed and sealed this instrument and in the presence of 
witnesses published and declared it to be my last will and testament. 

Done at said St. Louis on January 1, 18 / ^ 

X X 

Clarence N. Keyes. : SEAL : 



The undersigned were present and witnessed | the signing and sealing of the foregoing 
instrument of writing by said testator, Clarence Keyes, and heard him declare the same to be 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IX TYPEWRITING. 131 

his last will.and testament, aud, at his request and in his presence, signed their nnmes as wit- 
nesses to said act and declaration, and thereby expressed their belief that said testator was, 
at the time, of lawful age, and of sound and disposing mind. 



POWER OF ATTORNEY. 
221. 

Kxow ALL MEN BT THESK PRESENTS, that I, William White, have this day made, 
constituted, and appointed aud by these presents do make, constitute and appoint 
Jacob Faithful, of the city and county of St. Louis, State of Missouri, attorney, for me, 
and in my name, to sell and dispose of, absolutely, in fee simple, the following described 
tract of land, or any part thereof, in the county of St. Louis and State of Missouri, to wit : 
A lot of ground in block No. 3747 of the city of St. Louis, State of | Missouri beginning with 
a point in the north line of Bell Avenue five hundred and eighty feet eleven inches east of the 
e;ist line of Vandeventer Avenue, thence running east along the north line of Bell Avenue 
sixty feet, thence north one hundred and sixty-two feet six inches to south line of U. S. Sur- 
vey 1276, thence west sixty feet, thence south one hundred and sixty-two feet six inches to 
the north line of Bell Avenue and place of beginning, for such price or sum of money, and 
to such person or persons as he | shall think fit and convenient; and also, for me, and in my 
n:ime, and as my act and deed, to sign, execute, acknowledge, and deliver such deed or deeds, 
and conveyance or conveyances, for the absolute sale and disposal thereof, or of any part 
thereof, with such clause or clauses, covenant or covenants, and agreement or agreements, to 
be therein contained, as my said attorney shall think fit and expedient ; hereby ratifying and 
confirming all such deeds, conveyances, bargains and sales which shall, at any time hereafter, 
be made b}^ my said attorney touching or concerning the premises. 

IN WITNESS [ ■svHEREOF, I liave hereunto set my hand and seal, the third day of 
February, in the year one thousand eight hundred and ninety. 



Signed, sealed and delivered 
in the presence of 



( 
) 



$ sp:al .5 



) 
( 



132 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPE WRITING. 



ARTICLES OF COPARTNERSHIP. 
222. 

We, the undersigned, Samuel Horton and James Hall, both of Poughkeepsie, in the 
County of Dutchess and State of New York, do hereby agree to form a partnership under 
the style and firm name of Horton & Hall, for the purpose of carrying on a wholesale dry 
goods business. 

1. Each party contributes to the capital stock of the company as follows : Samuel Horton 
contributes $4,500 in money and $4,500 in stock ; James Hall contributes $4,500 in money. 
The partners shall share the profits in | proportion to the amounts they contribute. 

2. Each party is to devote his time and attention to the business of the firm, and neither 
shall engage in any business whatever for his private advantage. 

3. Correct books of account are to be kept in which shall be entered all the transactions 
of the firm, and all such books shall be at all times open and accessible to both members of 
the firm. 

4. On the 31st day of December in each year, a correct account shall be taken and stated 
on the ledger of all the stock, property, and | assets of the firm, and of the debts and 
liabilities; and the share of each partner in the property shall then be stated, and may be 
drawn out. But no money or other property shall be drawn out by either partner for his 
own use beyond his share of the profits, except with the written consent of the other part- 
ner. And in such case the share of the partner so drawing shall be proportionably reduced. 

5. All business of the partnership shall be transacted in the firm name, and all notes 
and obligations given, as well as securities taken, shall | be in such name. 

6. No debt or claim due or belonging to the firm shall be released or settled without 
payment in full, unless the consent in writing of both partners is given thereto. 

7. Neither partner shall have power to bind the firm as surety, guarantor, nor shall either 
partner become a surety for any other person without the written consent of the other partner. 

8. At the close of the partnership a correct account shall be taken and stated, and the 
assets of every nature, after payment of the liabilities, shall be divided in the proportion 
fixed I in paragraph 1. 

9. This partnership shall continue until the 31st day of December, 1895, unless sooner 
dissolved by mutual consent. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, wc have hereunto set our hands and seals this thirty-first day 
of December, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-nine. 



f SEAL $ 



$ SEAL $ 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 133 



BOND FOR THE PAYMENT OF MONEY. 
223. • 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS : That I, Amold Baker, of Springfield, in the 
County of Greene, and State of Missouri, am held and firmly bound to Charles Deering, 
of the same place, in the sum of fifteen hundred ( $ 1500) dollars, lawful money of the United 
States of America, to be paid to the said Charles Deering, his executors, administrators or 
assigns ; to the payment whereof I bind myself, my heirs, executors, administrators and as- 
signs, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Sealed with my seal, and dated the 
twelfth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-nine. 

THE CONDITION of this obligation is, that if I, the said Arnold Baker, shall pay to 
said Charles Deering the sura of fifteen hundred ( $1500) dollars and interest on or before the 
twelfth day of June next, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full 

force. 

173 

( 
) 

Siened, sealed and delivered • t 

in the presence of t 



SEALS 



) 

( 



AGREEMENT FOR OVERHEAD CROSSING. 
224. 



THIS INDENTURE, made this fifth day of March A. D. 1889, by and between the 
CLEVELAND, CINCINNATI, CHICAGO AND ST. LOUIS RAILWAY COMPANY, a Corporation Organ- 
ized under the laws of the States of Indiana and Illinois, party of the first part, and the 
THE ST. LOUIS MERCHANTS' BRIDGE COMPANY, a Corporation organized under the laws of 
the State of Illinois, party of the second part, 

WITNESSETH: 



The party of the first part, for and in consideration of the sum of one ($1.00) dollar to it 
paid, the receipt whereof | is hereby acknowledged, and in further consideration of the cove- 
nants and agreements of the party of the second part herein contained, hath granted and by 

* The party ordering this work desired red underscoring where black is seen in the copy. 



134 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

these presents doth grant unto the second party, upon the conditions and for purposes here- 
inafter set forth, the right to build a double-track through steel bridge over the tracks of 
the railway of the party of the first part, at a point on the east approach of the bridge of 
the second party, above the town of Venice, in the State of Illinois, on the east bank of the 
Mississippi Kiver. 

The said grant | is expressly conditioned upon the performance by the second party of 
all and singular the covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth to be by it kept and per- 
formed as follows, to wit : 

First: The party of the second part shall build the said bridge in such a manner that 
there shall be at least twenty-one (21) feet clear distance between the top of the rail of the 
present main line track of the first party and the lowest part of the superstructure of the said 
bridge. 

Second : It is understood and agreed between the parties hereto | that the party of the 
second part shall not place any pier or other permanent work on the right of way of the party 
of the first part, but that there shall be a clear span entirely across said right of way, all in 
accordance with the map and profile hereby attached and made an essential part of this 
contract. 

The grants, covenants and stipulations hereof shall extend to and be binding upon the 
respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto. 

TN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these presents to be signed by 
the oflScers thereto duly | authorized the day and year first above written. 

The Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St. Louis Railway Company. 

By 



St. Louis Merchants' Bridge Company, 
By 



TESTIMONY. 



In tj'-pewritten testimony, the Q's indicating the questions are generally placed in the 
margin. Some put the A's also in the margin, but usually they follow the questions on the 
same line. In depositions, it is customary to number the questions. Different individuals 
vary slightly in their methods, but, in the main, official reporters write testimony as in the 
samples given. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



135 



In the 

CIRCUIT COURT OF THE UNITED STATES, 

For the Eastern District of Missouri. 



THE UKION TRUST COMPANY OF 
NEW YORK, 

Complainant, 



THE ST. LOUIS, IRON MOUNTAIN 

& SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY, 

Defendant. 



" In Equity. 



New York, January 16, 1878. 
Pursuant to stipulation parties appear. 

Present -- Wheeler H. Peckham and 

Charles H. Tweed, Esqrs., 

Counsel for Complainant. 

Ashbel Green, Esq.,' 

Counsel for Defendant. 

, DIRECT EXAMINATION. 

EDWARD KING, a wituess produced, sworn and examined on behalf of the complainant, 

testified as follows : 
By Mr. Peckham: 

Q. Mr. King, you are President of the complainant in this suit, are you not? A. I am, sir. 

Q. And have been since December, 1873? A. Yes, sir. 

Q. The complainant is organized under acts of the Legislature of the State of New York, 
is it not? A. Yes, sir. 

Q. Mr. King, have you present with you the original mortgage of the St. Louis, Iron Mount- 
ain & Southern Railway Company to the complainant? A. Yes. ( Witness produces it. ) 

Q. Of the divisional mortgages referred to in that mortgage of the St. Louis, Iron Mount- 
ain & Southern Railway Company to the Union Trust Company, was the Union Trust 
Company mortgagee or trustee in any of them, and if so, which? A. The mortgage of 
the Cairo & Fulton Railroad Company? 



136 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

Q. No other? A. No other. 

Q. Hiive you the mortgage of the Cairo & Fulton Railroad Company here present? A. Yes, 
sir. 

Q. And you produce the same? A. Yes, sir. 

Complainants' Counsel: The same is offered in evidence, it bearing date the 10th day of 
December, 1870, and being made by the Cairo & Fulton Railroad Company, a corporation 
existing under the laws of the State of Arkansas, to the Union Trust Company of | New 
. York. A copy of said mortgage is, by consent of counsel for the respective parties, an- 
nexed hereto, instead of the original, and marked " Complainant's Exhibit C, Jan. 16, 
1878. E. L. O., Com'r. ; " and as to this, it is agreed by counsel for the respective 
parties, that the original shall be produced, at the hearing of this cause, at the request 
of either party. 

Q. Referring to the St. Louis, Iron Mountain & Southern Railway Company's mortgage, 
Mr. King, do you know the signature of Thomas Allen made thereto? A. Yes. 

Q. Is that I his signature? A. Yes. 

Q. Do you know whether he was president of the Railway Company ? A. I so understood. 

Q. Do you know the seal of the railway company thereto attached? A. Yes. 

Q. Is that the seal of the railway company thereto attached? A. It is. 

Q. Can you tell how many of the bonds referred to in this St. Louis, Iron Mountain & 
Southern Railway Company mortgage have been issued; and also how many have been 
issued in exchange for divisional bonds, and how many have been issued otherwise? A. 
Accordino- to our book here, we have | issued three thousand two hundred and fifty of the 
bonds of the consolidated mortgage directly to the railway company of which Mr. McWill- 

iams is treasurer. 

625 
CKOSS EXAMINATION. 
By Mr. Green: 

Q. Mr. King, on your direct examination you spoke of there being 3,250 of the bonds of 
the consolidated mortgage issued ; I suppose by that j^ou meant delivered to the Treasurer 
of the Railway Company by this company? A. Yes; issued so far a* the Trustee is 
concerned. 

Q. That was by delivery to the Railway Company or its ofEcer by the Trust Company, and 
that is what you meant by the issue? A. Yes, sir. 

Q. You have no knowledge as to their having been issued by the Company ; that is, | the 
Railway Company? A. I have no knowledge of the disposition of them by the Railway 
Company. 

Q. On the twenty-third page of the bill of complaint it is stated that the holders of certain 
of the outstanding bonds issued under and secured by the Consolidated Mortgage to the 
amount of upwards of $1,800,000 have applied to the Union Trust Company and made 
certain requests as therein contained, among other things, for the foreclosure of the 
morto-ao'e ; is reference made in the bill of complaint to the request produced yesterday 
bearing date | the 3d of August, 1877, and marked " Exhibit F? " A. As I recollect it, 
there were two suits commenced and two requests made; I don't know which suit you 
are questioning me about now. •.. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 137 

Q. I am now talking about the suit in which the bill was filed on the 9th of August, 1877 ; 

the suit now pending? A. That is the request (the paper marked " Exhibit F "). 
Q. Was there any other request made to j'ou by parties claiming to be holders of bonds 
secured under this mortgage to foreclose? A. No, I | don't remember any in this suit; 
there had been one upon which the prior suit was commenced. 
Q. And what was the date of that? A. I haven't it with me. 
Q. It was April 3, 1877, and I wish you would produce that. 

The same is produced and offered in evidence, and a copy thereof is hereto annexed 
by consent of counsel for the respective parties instead of the original, marked 
" Defendant's Exhibit 1, Jan. 17, 1878. E. L. O., Com'r." 
Q. Now, with the exception of these two requests, the one [ of April 3, 1877, and the one of 
August 3, 1877, were there ever any requests made to the Union Trust Company to fore- 
close this mortgage, by parties claiming to be holders of bonds secured by it? A. Yes, 
sir; there were two others, one dated May 3, 1877, and the other dated May 7, 1877. 
Q. Please produce them ? A. I produce them. 

Two requests produced and offered in evidence, and by consent of counsel for the 
respective parties, copies are to be annexed hereto instead of | the originals, marked 
respectively "Defendant's Exhibit 2, Jan. 17, 1878, E. L. O., Com'r;" and 
"Defendant's Exhibit 3, January 17, 1878, E. L. O., Com'r." 
Q. Were there ever any other requests made by persons claiming to be holders of bonds 
secured by the mortgage? A. None to my knowledge, except these four requests in 
writing. 
Q. You have no knowledge, I assume, as to the amount | of the bonds actually held by any 
of the parties signing these different requests. A. Nothing but from their statements 
and signatures. 

697 



RICHARD BARING-GOULD, a wituess, produccd, sworn and examined on behalf of plaintiffs, 

testified as follows: 

Q. Where do you reside? A. In the City of New York. 

Q. How long have you resided there? A. I came to New York in February, 1859. 

Q. And have you resided here ever since? A. Yes, sir. 

Q. You are a member of the firm of Ward, Campbell & Co. ? A. Yes, sir. 

Q. What is your department or branch of the business of that firm? A. The foreio-n ex- 
changes, and to look after the office. 

Q. What particular | department has Mr. Chapman in that firm? A. His is the stock 
business. 

Q. Did you know of the coupons of the Second Mortgage Bonds of the Iron Mountain Rail 
road Company, maturing November 1st, 1876, being sent to the company's office for 
presentation, at or about that time? A. They were always sent by my instructions, or 
by some of my partners. 

Q. Those were sent by Mr. Myers, the same as testified to by him? A. Yes. 



138 now TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

Q. Did you also know of the presentation of coupons of certain Arkansas Branch Bonds, 

maturing December 1st, 1|876? A. Yes, sir, I did. 
Q. And of certain coupons of Cairo & Fulton Bonds, maturing January 1st, 1877? A. Yes, 

sir. 
Q. Were those sent by your instructions? A. Yes, sir. 
Q. By Mr. Myers? A. By him, as stated in his testimony. 
Q. What, if any amount, did you receive on those several classes of coupons? A. We 

received half payment. 
Q. That is, $17.50 gold on each coupon? A. Yes, sir. 
Q. Did you ever receive any thing more on those coupons, or any of them? 
Objected | to as irrelevant, incompetent and immaterial. 

Objection overruled. To which ruling of the court, defendant's counsel duly 
excepted. 



6936. 
Charles W. Holland, et al., 

vs. 
The St. Louis Agricultural and 
Mechanical Association. 



In the Circuit Court 

of the City of St. Louis. 

April 26th, 1886. 



APPEARANCES. 

For the Plaintiffs: Eber Peacock, Esq. 

For the Defendant: G. A. Finkelnburg, Esq. 
Be it remembered that on the trial of this cause, the following proceedings were had 
before Hon. Shepard Barclay, J., and a jury. 

The plaintiffs, to maintain the issues upon their part, introduced the following evidence: 

THOMAS WALCH 

called for plaintiff, being duly sworn, testified as follows: 

Direct Examination by Mr. | Peacock. 
Q. Your name is Thomas Walch? A. Yes, sir. 

Q. What is your occupation? A. I am an architect and superintendent of buildings. 
Q. Are you the gentleman who wrote the plans and specifications for the Grand Stand on 

the race track at the Fair Grounds? A. Yes, sir. 
Q. These are the plans and specifications, are they? (Plans and specifications shown to the 

witness.) A. Yes, sir. 
Q. When were those plans and specifications drawn, and where? A. Previous to the 30th 

day of January last year. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IX TYPEWRITING. 139 

SPECIFI CATIONS . 

Specifications for the material to be used and labor to be performed in the erection, 
construction, and completion of a ten-room stone and brick dwelling on the southeast corner 
of Westminster Place and Sarah street, in the city of St. Louis, Mo., for 

45 

EXCAVATIONS. 

Dig for a cellar under the entire building 8' 0" deep below bottom of first floor joists, 
removing the earth 6" outside of the building line on all sides. All wall footings are to be 
3" deep below excavation and 2(5" wide. 

Dig for inner walls 18" wide by S" deep below excavation for cellar floor, and for cellar 
door area full depth of cellar as may be required, and for porch and front and side step 
walls 26" wide by 3' 0" deep below grade, | and for terrace steps 18" wide by 24" deep below 
grade of sidewalk, and for porch piers 18" x 18" by 2' 0" deep. 

When the walls are up, back fill in around same to the grade lines with good clay ram- 
med perfectly solid. Grade the lot as hereinbefore specified, and remove from the premises 
and the adjoining streets and alleys all earth not used in grading and all rubbish that may 
accumulate during the construction of the building. The 6" space outside of walls is to be | 
left open until the walls are built up to grade line, pointed, and inspected, then it is to be 
filled with clean clay rammed perfectly solid. 

226 
BUBBLE MASONRY. 

Ash pit shall have 15" walls extending from 2' 6" below grade to 6" above grade lines. 
All walls of building, porches, and front steps are to have footings 26" wide by 8" high, and 
for inner walls, 18" wide by 8" high, all of good, large, flat stones settled perfectly solid in 
the trenches in mortar, and all slushed with good lime and sand mortar well grouted. 

Porch piers shall be 18" x 18" extended to grade and terrace area, and step | wall 18" wide. 

All walls shall be set out on the center of these footings as shown and figured on plans, 
18" thick with chimney projections as shown, and shall be carried up true and plumb on both 
sides and be accurately leveled for joists and extended to top of joists and leveled, and shall 
be left down at grade to receive the ashler facing, then backed up to top of watertable. 

Cellar doors are to have 1.5" walls extended to grade. Porch piers shall be 18" x 18" | 
capped with full size stones and terrace step footings 15" wide extended to steps. 

This work must all be of good, sound, approved limestone, bonded in the best man- 
ner, laid as found in quarry, with every space filled with lime and sand mortar, and the joints 
neatly pointed on both sides, and all flues lined up with hard brick in an approved manner. 
South wall of main building, and walls of rear building showing above grade, to be of select 
rubble work of large, regular stones with joints blocked off and raise pointed in Portland 
cement. 

Note. — A star is made In typewriting by striking the hyphen over small x. 



140 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITINO. 

All cellar | windows shall have 5" x 8" hammer dressed sills of same stone as specified 

above, with face of sills fresh broken stone rough. Cellar steps shall be as shown 7^" x 11" 

and coping on cellar area wall 7^" x 11", all of good, sound, white limestone neatly hammer 

dressed. 

62 

CONCRETE. 

The step area and entire cellar shall be covered 5" deep with fine broken rock or cinders 
pounded in perfectly solid and mixed with Vg Portland cement and Va sand mauled down 
until the cement floats on top and then covered 1" thick with V2 Portland cement and V2 
sand, neatly leveled true and even. 

The front balcony loggia and vestibule and ord story balconj' floors are to be on cinders 

and Portland cement and substantially constructed on I beams at proper heights for tiles 

and floors. 

94 

CUT STONE. 

This work, not otherwise specified, shall be of the best St. Louis white limestone, free 
from all defects, neatly cut with close, straight joints, tuck pointed in gray cement, and 
securely set and anchored to brick work, and neatly cleaned. 

The cut work, as shown by details, shall be neatly bushhammered with corbals, columns, 
belts and cornices as shown, and the balance of the work shall be left fresh broken stone 
rough, standing out bold and even without tool marks. Watertuble to be as shown with 3" 
X 3" oval wash neatly cut. 



BRICK WORK. 

Build an ash pit on alley as shown 5' 0" x 6' 6" with 9" walls 4' 0" high laid in cement. 
Walls in cellar shall be as shown 9" thick with first five courses of hard brick laid in cement 
and extended to top of first floor joists same as other work. 

All outer walls shall commence at top of first floor joists and shall be extended and 
topped out as per drawings with the stone backed up with hard brick laid in cement mortar. 
The walls shall be 9 | " thick and accurately set out, and carried up and kept true and plumb 
on both sides, with openings accurately located, and frames kept true and plumb, and flues 
lined to top of chimneys. 

All flues shall be laid out as shown 9" x 9", built of hard brick shoved up in mortar 
with joints struck inside neat and smooth, and shall be bonded into walls every three brick 
at jambs and webs, and 6" thimbles built iu for flue openings and topped out with the last 
four courses of hard brick dipped in water and laid in | pure Portland cement. 

The brick work of flues shall be kept back 2" from all timbers, with space between filled 

with lime and sand mortar. Turn 4-^-" trimmer arches for all hearths. 

236 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT J.V TYPEWRITING. 141 



CARPENTERS' WORK. 

First, second, and third tier of joists throughout shall be 2" x 10" all set lf>" from cen- 
ters, leveled on good solid bearings crowned and sized throughout, and all to be cross bridged 
two places throughout each tier with 1" x 3" cross bridging. 

All joists shall be doubled under partitions, double and trussed under sliding doors, and 
framed with double headers and trimmers for all fireplaces and stair openings, with fire 
places furred and centers formed for arches and framed for flues. 

Provide 4" x 4" lintels for | all openings and 3" x 4" x 8" wood blocks to build in every 
24" where partitions meet walls, also blocks for securing base, finish, etc., to walls. 

Stud partitions shall be 2" x 4" as shown, set 16" from centers, doubled at openings, and 
braced and trussed at sliding doors with 2" x 4" i:)lates and sills, and 1" x 4" zigzag bridging 
through each tier, doubled at openings and spiked to wood blocks where meeting walls every 
24" with blocks built in dry, ail sized | and securely put up true and plumb, and well spiked 
together in all angles and to walls. 

All partitions coming over partitions and over "girders shall rest on girders or on plates 
of partitions and not on joists. Rafters shall be 2" x 6" set 24" from centers. Porches, 
front, side and rear, shall be framed with 4" x 6" sills, 2" x 6" joists, 4" x 6" plates, and 2" 
X 4" ceiling joists and rafters 16" from centers, all securely put up and anchored. | Wall 
plates to be 2" x 8" doubled. 

Form tower, dormers, and gables in a neat, approved manner, and closely sheath same. 
Provide and build in suitable lookouts on which to secure main cornice, and form gutters in 
same. Roofs to be closely sheathed with 1" boards surfaced to a thickness. Rafters to be 
tied to ceiling joists and tied together with 1" x 6" pieces 8' 6" above attic floor. 

The foregoing, and all other necessary carpenters' work to complete this building, unless 
otherwise specified, must be of good, dry, sound, white | pine lumber put up in a good me- 
chanical manner. 

409 

FLOORING. 

East porch and balcony and rear porch and 3rd story balcony shall be floored with 1 ^/g' 
x 3" dry, clear white pine flooring neatly worked and put down in white lead and shall have 
nosed fronts. 

The main kitchen shall be floored with clear yellow pine, and all other floors shall be of 
white pine Star flooring, all dry lumber neatly worked 4^" wide or under and blindnailed to 
every joist with tenpenny nails, with kitchen floor worked 3" wide or under. Partitions in 
basement shall be of Star yellow pine | partition stuff' neatly worked and beaded and put up 
on dressed supports. 

112 
JOINEES' WORK. 

Cellar and attic windows shall have \^/i" plank frames and IVs" casement sash with box 
frames in high attic windows and l^/i' sash with one light in front cellar windows. All other 



142 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

■windows shall have box frames, IVs" Y. P. pully stiles, IVs" subsills, IV4" hanging stiles 
and I'/s" sash, except in main building, 1st and 2nd stories, and main stair window which shall 
have IW sash. All windows in 1st and 2nd stories | rear building shall have IVs" outside 
blinds with rolling slats. The first story, except kitchen and hall, and the four 2nd story 
main rooms shall have panel backs as per details, and all other windows stool and apron 
finish. 

Eear kitchen and laundry doors shall have IV4" plank frames with transoms to come on 
line with top of windows and IVi" five paneled doors moulded on the solid. Outer dining 
room and side hall doors shall have 1^/i" panel and moulded frames and transoms and IVi \ " 
doors moulded for glass above lock rail and paneled as shown. The sliding doors to be 
2V4" thick, twelve paneled for double doors and twelve paneled for single doors and moulded 
to match other doors. All other doors shall have l^/g" double rebated frames with transoms 
where marked " T" on plans of the sizes figured. Doors in 1st and 2nd stories shall be 
IV4" thick, six paneled with flush moulds and raised panels, with door between dining room 
and pantry made to swing both ways. All other doors shall be | IVs" thick, four paneled and 
flush moulded, and inside of kitchen, inside of closets and basement, moulded on the solid. 

Construct front door, frame, sidelights, finish and transom and vestibules as per details 
for same with paneled jambs and canopy. The side and rear steps shall be as shown with 
l^/s" nosed treads and Vs" I'isers securely put up with all joints in white lead, and put up on 
dressed strings resting on cedar posts. 

The first and second stories throughout main building, except closets, shall have a Vs" x | 
5^", and rear building and closets to have W x A^" pilaster finish, with 9" tvvo-membered base, 
plinth blocks and comer blocks with rosettes, and the balance of the house a 4^" plain finish 
with IVs" pediment head and 7" beveled base. All base to finish on floor with Vs" quarter 
round, and inside of closets finished with a Vs" x 2^" finish, 5" plain base and ^" quarter 
round. 

Kitchen, rear hall, | first story and rear stairs throughout and bathroom shall be wain- 
scoted with matched and beaded Vs" x 4" large beaded and outgauged board 4' 0" high, put 
up on two wall strips with Vs" quarter round on floor and a Vs" x 2^" lip mould capping. 

Kitchen and pantry sinks to be neatly cased and put up on turned legs. Arches in 
towers and at rear end of hall to be constructed as per drawings. 

The first story closets and linen closets and store closet shall each have | six shelves as 
shown, put up in a good substantial manner, spaced as required. Other closets shall have 
two shelves set 14" apart, with lower shelf 5' 0" from floor, resting on a Vs" x 5" strip. 

Reception hall shall be wainscoted 5' 0" high with paneled and moulded work as per 
details for same. Construct the side and rear porches as per drawings, with columns, brack- 
ets, gables, balustrades, spandrels, balconies and cornices as per details, and board ceiling 
with Vs" X 4" narrow matched and large beaded boards | neatly worked. Ceiling of front 
porch to be paneled. 

The foregoing and all other necessary joiners' work to complete the building, not other- 
wise specified, must be of good, dry, sound, white pine lumber made as per details, with the 
lumber free from ugly knots, shakes, sap and other defects, neatly worked and put up in a 
good mechanical manner, nicely smoothed and delivered in a perfect condition for the painters. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 143 

All work showing in kitchen, pantries, rear hall, bathroom and rear building and attic, 
except stiles of doors and sash, shall be select clear yellow pine, and the stiles of | these doors 
and sash clear cypress. The two chambers in 2ad story over dining room and sitting room 
shall be of clear, long-leaf Georgia pine and the balance of the interior work in 2nd story 
shall be of clear, soft, select, yellow poplar, and in main story, quartered oak in reception 
hall, dining room, parlor, vestibule and sitting room. 

The reception hall, parlor, dining room and sitting room shall have floors of Vs" x 2-^" 
tongued, grooved, quartered, clear, dry, white oak, nicely smoothed and securely blindnailed, 
put down with riprap corners and neatly | fitting joints, grooved together and set flush with 
other flooring. 

910 

ROOFING. 

The roof and side of west porch and roof and sides of rear porch shall be covered with 
the best quality of narrow Vermont slate. The main roofs, dormers and towers and spandrel 
over main stair window shall be covered with the best Pennsylvania dark slate of medium size 
put on felt with usual lap, and securely nailed, and 14" valley gutters of 14 oz. copper and 
copper flashings, 4 lb. lead hij) coverings. 

78 

PLASTERING. 

All ceilings, and stud partitions shall be lathed with good, dry, sound white pine lath, 
put on not less than ^/s" apart, with broken joints every five lath, securely nailed, and shall 
have a good coat of mortar with plenty of long sound hair mixed when ready for use and 
well cross scratched. 

When thoroughly dry, this and all brick walls shall have a coat of brown mortar floated 
true and straight ; and when perfectly dry, a coat of white hard finish with clean sand and 
plenty of plaster paris brushed down with clean water and troweled to | a true, even and hard 
surface and left clean and perfect on the final completion of the building. 

The mortar must be of fresh strong lime and clean sharp sand mixed in prpper propor- 
tions and well tempered. No mixing or tempering of mortar will be allowed on the floors. 
The hair and sand to be added when ready for use and well tempered, and the whole de. 
livered clean and perfect on the final completion of the building. 

179 

STAIRS. 

Construct a flight of stairs leading from cellar to 1st floor, from 1st to 2nd floor, and 
from 2nd floor to attic with 1" nosed treads and Vs" risers put up on good strings. They 
shall have 4" turned newels and l^A" x 3^" rail with space below rail enclosed with Vs" 
matched and large-beaded partition stuff and balustrade of 1^/4" moulded balusters as shown. 

Main stairs shall have 8" newels ou main floor with moulded base and cap, and paneled 
and I moulded shafts and carved belts and rosettes with half drop newels on walls ; carved 



144 BOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

rosettes with 2^/4" x 4^" moulded rails, and 13/4" double moulded balusters with square base 
and tops, and 5" x 5" drop newels as shown, all of good, clear dry quartered oak, tree from 
sap and ueatl3'^ worked and put up in a good, mechanical manner as per drawings for same. 
Well hole to be cased and rail to end with half newel on wall. This flight will have 
IVs" nosed treads | and Vs" risers and scotia of clear, dry quartered oak, grooved and glued 
together and housed into wall strings to match base, with curb face string paneled, opened 
and beaded and finished on floor with a paneled and moulded spandrel extending back and 
returned to wall, and front panel and curb, all of clear, dry quartered oak neatly worked 
as per drawings and details, with the whole put up on good supports in an approved 



SHEET METAL WORK. 

The entire roof of loggia shall be covered with burnished, cold-rolled copper with an 
ornamental belt course and finial, and a gutter formed at base of roof with an ornamental 
spout nozzle 12" long, all of burnished cold-rolled copper as per details. 

The njain and tower cornices, with gutters, cornice of dormers, dormer balcony and roof 
finials and cresting, shall all be of galvanized iron as per drawings, with double gutters 
formed in cornices and planchers crimped and extended back to wall lines. 

Provide and put up five 4" conductors leading from | gutter to grade line, all properly 
locked and soldered and securely put up in an approved manner as per drawings for same, 
with moulded joints every four feet, and set out 3" from walls with fancy holders as per de- 
tails. Hips shall have moulded coverings as per details. 

All must be of No. 24 galvanized iron, locked, soldered and put up in a thoroughly 
workmanlike manner. 

166 
HAEDWARE. 

The front door shall be hung on three 5" x 5", l^/i" doors on 4" x 4", and all other doors 
on 3^" X 4" paneled, loose joint butts with acorn tips, all electro-plated in first and 2nd stories 
and attic. Door between dining room and pantry to be hung on approved double action 
butts. 

Front and west doors shall have 4^" mortise front-door lock with three tumblers, brass 
works, strikes, and polished brass front duplicate small steel keys working night latch at- 
tachment, I thumb-bolt, inside-working latch and polished bronze knobs inside with square 
bronze rose and escutcheons combined, and oval polished bronze knobs, rose and escutcheons 
combined outside, all heavy square goods with beveled edges. 

Inside doors in 1st and 2nd stories and attic shall have 4" mortise locks with brass works, 
strikes and brass fronts, small steel keys and polished bronze knobs and polished bronze 
rose and escutcheons combined. Outer east doors shall have night latch attachments. Slid- 
ing doors shall have the Hatfield antifriction sheaves, IVs" brass rail, and 4^" mortise sliding- 
door I locks with heavy, flush, polished, bronze furniture. 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 145 

All other doors shall have 3V' morlise locks with malacca iron fronts, brass keys, jet 
knobs, and bronze rose and escutcheons. Outer doors and chamber and bathroom doors to 
have bronze mortise bolts. 

Transoms shall be hung on centers and shall have Tucker bronze spring fastenino-s and 
Woolensack lifters. Outer rear transoms and cellar and attic sash shall be hung on 3" butts 
and shall have spring fastenings with approved bolts for casement sash. 

The four large windows shall have sash hung on S/g" cord over 2 | I/4" polished wheel 
axle pulleys balanced on weights. All other sash shall be hung on 1/4" Itali:in cord over 2'' 
polished wheel axle pulleys balanced on cast weights and shall have the Ives bronze sash locks 
and bronze hook sash lifts in 1st and 2nd stories. 

Outside blinds shall be hung on Lull & Porter butts of suitable size and have fastenings. 
Inside blinds shall be hung on 2^" wrought electro-plated butts in outer folds, and IVs" 
electro-plated back flaps in inner folds, and shall have polished | bronze shutter bars and 
knobs. Clothes closets shall have eight double hooks with two screws each. Doors opening 
against walls shall have fenders with rubber bumpers. 



♦SPECIFICATIONS 

for 
A Bridge across the Mississippi River at St. Louis, Mo. 



MAIN PIERS. 

The foundations for the four main piers will be put in by the plenum pneumatic process. 
The approximate elevations of the bed-rock are as follows: at pier I, (21.0) ; at pier II, 
(27.5); at pier III, (28.0); and at pier IV, (28.5). 

The pneumatic caissons for piers I and IV will be 26 feet wide, 70 feet lona:, and 17 feet 
high. 

MATERIAL. 

All parts except nuts, swivels, clevises, wall pedestal plates and ornamental work will 
be of steel. The nuts, swivels and clevises may be of wrought iron ; the pedestal plates and 
ornamental work will be of cast iron. 

RIVETED WORK. 

All plates, angles and channels shall be carefully straightened before they are laid out; 
the rivet holes shall be carefully spaced in truly straight lines; the rivet heads shall be of 
hemispherical pattern, and the work shall be finished in a neat and workmanlike manner. 

MACHINE WORK. 

The bearing surfaces in the top chord shall be truly faced. The ends of the stringers 

and of the door beams shall be squared in a facer. 

• We give extracts only to show another and a common form of writing specifications. Malie double space 
between lines and triple or quadruple space between subdivisions. 



14:6 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



TE THE OFFICE. 

Typewriter KiBBONS. — There are two kinds of ribbons in general use; the copying 
and the non-copying or record ribbon. The record does the prettier work but cannot be used 
when letter-press copies are to be made. It is especially nice for writing documents that have 
to be handled often, as the moisture of the hand may cause a blur or a change of color in 
the writing if a copying ribbon is used. 

If your work calls for the use of both ribbons, to ayoid loss of time and soiling hands 
when changing ribbons, a copying ribbon and a record ribbon may be kept on the machine 
at the same time. Pin a half length of each kind together as the spools will be too full if 
two whole ribbons are used. 

These ribbons are found in black, blue, purple, green or red. The blue record ribbon 
keeps its brightness and clearness longer than most of the other colors, although the black 
record is often preferred. The Permanent is the best of the copying ribbons at ordinary 
price. It is durable, gives a bright, distinct copy and does not clog the type. Copying rib- 
bons copy in the same color as the original print except the black which is gotten up in dif- 
ferent colors of copying ink: green, purple, blue and black. 

The Official Indelible copying ribbon is chiefly used in Government work. The Dupli- 
cator copj'ing ribbon is used when several letter-press copies are to be taken from the same 
letter. There are also Hektograph and Lithograph ribbons. 

Buy only the best ribbons. The few cents difference in price will be made up to you in 
improved quality of work. 

When a ribbon is worn on one side, turn it and it can be used fifty per cent, longer. If 
the I'ibbon clip breaks and the ribbon curls, turn the ribbon or else stretch slender rubber 
bands across the top of the basket, taking care to place them so that they will not interfere 
with the rising of the type bars. 

Ribbons can be re-inked if desired. 

Sapolio is excellent for removing ribbon stains from the hands. Be careful not to get 
ribbon stains on the key tops. 

Letter-press Copying. — Write the letters to be copied with a copying ribbon. 

To make the copies, first place an oil sheet in the letter book on the left page. Spread 
a damp cloth smoothly over it. On this lay a tissue leaf of the letter-press book and then 
the letter to be copied, face downward. Above this place another oil sheet, another damp 
cloth, another leaf of the book, another letter face downward, another oil sheet, and so on 
until all the letters to be copied have been placed in the book ; lastly an oil sheet. Put the 
closed book in the letter-press and subject it to pressure a few seconds or a couple of min- 
utes, the time depending on the amoupt of pressure, of moisture, and the age of the ribbon. 
An old copying ribbon requires more moisture and a longer pressure than a new ribbon. 
When a new ribbon is used, the cloths should be wrung out as dry as possible. If the cloths 
are too wet or the pressure too long continued, it will cause the ink to spread and will wrinkle 
the paper. 



EOW TO BECOME EXPERT IJST TYPEWRITING. 147 

When removing the letters from the letter-press book, place pieces of newspaper or 
blotting paper between the tissue leaves to prevent the ink running while the paper is wet. 
Place papers also between the letters. If the letter has been written on both sides, lay it in 
the letter book as previously directed, and over it lay another sheet of the book. On that 
spread a damp cloth, and above it place another oil sheet. 

Some wet the leaves of the letter-press book with a brush ; others with damp blotting 
paper. Cloths are preferable, as with them it is easier to regulate the amount of moisture. 

A very ingenious machine has been constructed by which a letter can be copied by pass- 
ing the letter between rollers in connection with a tissue sheet which is automatically damp- 
ened. By this method perfect copies can be obtained, when a proper ribbon is used, as 
rapidlj' as the letters can be fed into the machine. When the tissue sheet on which the 
copies are made is dry, it is cut into the proper lengths by a knife attached to the machine. 
Each copy is fastened to the letter of which it is an answer, and the letter and copy are filed 
together. If desired, two or three copies can be made of the same letter. Tlie letter itself 
does not get wet or show any signs of having been copied. The advantage of this method 
is that the reply and letter received are always together. 

In some offices carbon copies are preferred to letter-press copies. A carbon copy of the 
reply is filed with each letter received. 
Duplicating Processes : 

Hektogkaphing. — A hektograph ribbon is used when typewriting the article to be 
multiplied. A gelatinous pad receives the impression of the print and in turn gives it to 
blank sheets that are placed one after another upon the pad. After use, the pad is washed 
to remove the imprint, taking care not to roughen the pad or to wear it away more than neces- 
sary. The number of copies that can be taken are few or many according to the state of the 
pad, the care with which the hektographing is done, and the strength of the ink in the ribbon. 

Lithographing. — The typewriting is done with a lithograph ribbon. The sheet is 
then placed upon a lithograph stone from which almost any number of copies can be taken. 

The Neostyle, Cyclostyle, or Mimeograph are found in many offices. Wax paper, with 
a backing of open silk cloth, is inserted in the typewriter, the ribbon removed, and the type 
thoroughly cleaned of all traces of ink. Wherever the type slrike,they knock the wax into 
the silk cloth back of it, leaving a perfect stencil of the type. This stencil is put in a frame, 
and an inked roller passing over it reproduces the writing upon a blank sheet placed under 
the stencil. In this way several hundred copies have been made in an hour. 

Indexing Letters. — Write on a slip of paper the name of each party addressed and 
the number of the page where the letter is copied in the letter-press book, then turning to 
the index which is alphabetically arranged, look for the first name on the list. If you do 
not find the name, write it in the proper column and place the number of the page at its 
right, checking the name off from the slip. If you find the name however, see if it is writ- 
ten more than once and place the number of the page at the right of the name where last 

written. When through indexing, write on the fly leaf of the book, " Posted to page ," 

giving the number of the page on which the last letter is copied. Then if two or thref 
days elapse before you have time to index again, you will know just where to begin. 



148 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

Filing Letters. — All letters received should be carefully filed away. Unless replies 
are kept in a letter-press book, a carbon or other copy should be fastened to and filed 
away with the letter received. Receipts should be kept in one file, letters in another file, 
etc. In many offices there are different files for different branches of the corresiDondence; 
for instance, letters from a certain railroad or state or business house with which they 
have close relations, may be placed in one file, letters from another railroad, firm or state 
may be placed in another file. Letters are placed in alphabetical order in the file; thus, a 
letter from James Stewart Green would be placed over G in the file ; that is, in the compart- 
ment marked by a printed G. The different letters belonging to a compartment should be 
placed there in an orderly manner, in such a way as to take as little room as possible. 

Suggestions from the Postal Department. — When superscribing envelopes, avoid 
abbreviating the names of states as far as possible. A little carelessness in writing may send 
a letter to Maine (Me.) instead of to Maryland (Md. ) Ind. when written with a pen is often 
confused with Mo., etc. The postal department has adopted the abbreviation, Calif., for 
California. Ohio and Oregon should not be abbreviated. 

The name of the state should always be written. You may suppose that a letter directed 
to Boston ouo-ht to go to Massachusetts, yet there are eleven states that have a post-office named 
Boston. Washington is found in thirty-three states, etc. Postal clerks are greatly helped 
in their work by having the county as well as the post-office placed on the envelope. In send- 
ino- printed matter as well as letters through the mail, it is advisable to have the name and 
address of the sender printed on the wrappet. 

After being letter-pressed, typewritten letters are often so wet when placed in the envel- 
opes that the water soaks through the envelope and blurs the address. The mucilage also is 
dampened so that many of the letters reach the post-office stuck together and so evenly that 
occasionally the upper one will carry the lower one thousands of miles astray before it is dis- 
covered, although handled by many officials. Several hundred letters lately posted by a 
firm were so badly stuck together that they had to be laid aside until the rush of work was 
over. Then, by using great care, they were detached from each other ; not, however, with- 
out tearino- a few and all being delayed one dispatch. Be sure that the letters are dry before 
inclosing them in envelopes. 

It is well to mail important letters early. As the great bulk of letters written during 
the day are received at the post-office between 6 and 7 p. m., it sometimes happens in the 
press of work that a few are left over until the next mail. 

Cipher Dispatches. — Since every word costs money, parties having foreign corre- 
spondents often express a whole sentence by a single word in a cablegram. The name of the 
party addressed and that of the sender are combined in one word and this word is communi- 
cated to the telegraph company, as is seen by the following quoted letter sent to the Western 
Union Telegraph Co. : 

"Will you please register the code address, Brownlip, to be used interchangeably be- 
tween Lippincott & Co., Bristol, England, and Brown, Stark & Co., St. Louis, Mo., and 
oblio-e us? Kindly notify us when same has been registered." 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 149 

Brown, Stark & Co. receive a telegram addressed to Brownlip, St. Louis, and contain- 
ing the single word " Quote." 

They, in turn, cable to Lippincott & Co. of Bristol, as follows : 
Brownlip, 

Bristol, 

Material, Outcast, Affable, Abate. 

These words are explained in the following letter sent to Lippincott & Co. : 

" Your cablegram received saying, " Quote," meaning you wish us to quote prices on 
flour. We replied " Material, Outcast, Affable, Abate," meaning we offer you Patent at 2Ss. 
6d.; Straight, 26s. c. i. f. Belfast; " " These are lowest prices; no use bidding less;" 
*' Market excited and unsettled," all of which we now confirm. 

We append another explanatory letter: 
Messrs. Lippincott & Co., 

Bristol, England. 
Gentlemen : 

Your cablegram received, saying, "Mechanic," meaning you offer 27s. 6d. for 110 lb. 
sacks " Pure Gold," less one per cent, commission. We cabled you "Audit," meaning, 
" We accept your offer," and now confirm. We thauk you for the order. 

Yours truly. 

Brown, Stark & Co. 

Miscellaneous Hints. — Drive a darning needle into the cork of your oil bottle. The 
eye of the needle will take up enough oil to use on any one part of the machine. Do not use 
too much oil. Use only the best. KeejD your machine bright and shining. Polish with 
soft cotton ; that is what the makers use. Let the screws alone unless you are certain that 
the machine needs adjusting and that you know how to adjust it. 

A yard of brown canton flannel is a good thing to throw over the typewriter when left 
unused during the day. At night, place the cover over both the cloth and the machine. 

When more than one sheet is used in writing a letter, head the second sheet with the 
number of the page, date, and the initials of the party addressed. Thus, when writing on 
Dec. 22nd to the Art Interchange, there should be placed in the upper left-hand corner of 
the second page, 2, A. I., Dec. 22. 

In bills, invoices, etc., capitalize the articles mentioned. When the names of goods are 
run in solid with the balance of the letter, they should generally begin with small letters. 

An apostrophe omitted from the possessive case can easily be inserted by drawing the 
carriage back until the pointer is exactly half way between the proper divisions of the scale. 
Suppose the apostrophe is omitted in the expression, "Mr. Peck's bill," and that the let- 
ters k and s are over the 10 and 11 of the scale. Holding the carriage so that the pointer 
will be exactly midway between 10 and 11, strike the apostrophe and it will print in the 
proper place. 

By holding the left space key down, the right hand can strike the keys any number of 
times without moving the carriage. This is convenient when making vertical columns of 
colons, etc., and in forming combination characters, like 9, ^1 e, -^, -x-, etc. An exclamation 
point can be made with the colon and apostrophe. 



150 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

When writing circular letters, copy one in the letter-press book, and then add the words, 
" Sent to," and the names of all persons to whom the letters are sent. 

The quotation mark " is often used to represent inches and seconds, and the apostro- 
phe ' to denote minutes and feet. Ex. 6' 3 ". 

When writing with single space between lines, use double space between paragraphs. 

When writing dispatches, never divide a word at the end of the line; leave a space and 
write the word on the next line. 

In answering a telephone call, give the name of your firm. For instance, if Knight & 
Wilson, telephone 1611, is called, say, "Knight & Wilson, telephone 1611," and then the 
party calling will know to whom he is talking. 

How TO Succeed. — Take pains. Be accurate and neat in your work. Do everything 
a little better than you are expected to. Be cheerful and obliging when asked to do work 
outside of your line. Try to fill in your leisure moments in a way that will help your em- 
ployer. Study his work in all its details so that j^ou will know how to aid him. Make your- 
self necessary to him. Every one has peculiarities; learn what are your employer's and 
adapt yourself to them. Find out what duties are most irksome to him and relieve him of 
them as much as possible without meddling or being officious. Above all, be agreeable or 
no one will want you around. Not that you are to entertain others; unnecessary conversa- 
tion is out of place in business. Young ladies especially should understand this, and should 
cultivate that modest dignity which is so becoming in a woman wherever she goes. Be 
kind, thoughtful, unobtrusive, quick to learn, bright and cheirry while doing your work. 
Be quiet in both manner and dress. Odd or untidy garments, loud talking or laughing in 
the office or on the street will prejudice others against you. Keep not only j'our hands and 
face and teeth, but your whole person, scrupulously clean. Dress plainly but attractively. 
A snowy collar and a neat tie and well brushed hair add much to one's appearance. 

Be punctual. Do a little more work than you are paid for rather than less. Make 
your employer's interests your own. Be trustworthy. Do not talk of your employer's 
affairs even to your best friend. Let him feel that he can trust you with the minutest details 
of his business, and that no one else will be the wiser for it. Proceed in this way and you 
will not only win the respect of every one who comes into the office, but 3-ou will become so 
valuable to your employer that he will prize 3-0U as he does his right hand, and thus you will 
earn and gain promotion. 

ORXA.ME>rrAi. Ttpewritixg. — Fancy borders are appropriate in many kinds of miscel- 
laneous work. It adds greatly to their appearance to print them in different colors. This 
can be done very easily by pinning short lengths of differently colored ribbons together and 
printing the border first with one color, then with another. Most of the designs are made by 
striking one character over another. A line can be written first with one character, then the 
carriage drawn back to zero and the same line rewritten with the second character, and so on. 
Or, the left space key can be depressed while the different characters are written with the 
riwht hand, the space key lifted, then depressed while the combination is written again, and 
so on. 



^)eHf^{^) (^- xxyxxx ) c-3«««c->«f*) c^wfrHfx-^^) (xxxxxx k ) (-^jx-jf-x-x-*:-^-) C-jwe^fx- 



■JwwWf 


■?«ef4r-X^ 


^?fX-X-X- 


^9fX^-X- 


•X^fK-frX- 


■x-x-x-x-x- 


•jeeer 


■x^w 


T^Tf^- 


-x-x-:f 


vv)( 


-x-«^ 


-x^-x-- 


^-x- 


4f 


* 


* 


^ 


^ 


^ 


■X- 



SUBSCRIPTION LIST 



■ uuuuuu auuiiuuu uoiiiiunn viiiinituii uueavii' uuuuiiuu 

II II l: II U It U 11 U U U II II II II II II U U II U B » II U « II il II a 

IIIIU II II II Olio aUU OMB IBU 

II « M ■ a « 



(II 


(({ 


{{{ 


m 


Ul 


Ul 


ill 


((r 


Ul 


{(( 


i 


i 


i 


k 


i 


i> 


i> 


i 


i 


i 


1 


I 


{ 


I 


i 


i 


( 


( 


\ 


r 



:o:c:o:c:o: 0:0:0:0:0:0: 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0: o:o:o:o:o:o:o:o3 



0:0:0:0: o:o:o:o:o:c:o:o:o:o:o: 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0: a 



llliiilllillllizzzziiizlliiiliiilliilillllllliliiiiiillllli 
00 00 ()()() 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ()()()()( 
liliiiliiziiiiiiilliiiifiiiiiillliiiilliiii^ziiiliiimiiii 



• •.♦♦♦•.•^■••♦♦♦♦:###»***-**»#«»i*-4^#*#:f.:#:#;##,;#»4p>#;#***:*#*:**:#:»*#*«*»# 



^ ^^of^^^^^^^^4f-)f^-5x^^-)f--3f->f-*-3<- -Jt-'-if * -5f ■}(• -Jf * ■)( 



»»♦» »■»♦♦♦»»♦»:#»»■»,»»•»♦:»:»»■»»»#.».» .»»^»»» ♦:»♦»■»)» •^^^♦^^^^♦^■^ri^j,^^^ 



)(-)(-)(-)(-)(-)(-)(-){-)(-;(-){-)(-)(-)(-)(-)(-)(-}(-)(-)( 



g:H:g:j5:K:j5:K:H:H:H:35:j5:]?:]5:j5:55:j{:K:5[:5[:i5:j5:]5:j5:g:g:35:g:5j:j3 



H 


u u 


II 


11 


11 


u 


II 


II 


II 


II 


II 


II 


II 


II 


11 


II 


II 


II 


II 


II 


II 


11 


11 


II 


11 


II 


.". 


II 


II - 






















































































i 


TJ" 











u 




















































■^ — 


0' 








0" 


"cr 


(T 


TS^ 



U u <> ■■ •> ■■ » II n II II U II II u II 11 II u II II II II II II II n II u u 



HHimHHHHHHHHHHHHHFIHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHmHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH^^ 

• • • • • - • « • • • • • • • •^•"•"•"^•"••■"••'•^"•"•■••■••^•"•♦"' 

HHHHHHHHHHHIfflHHHHHHHHHHHHHHflHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHraHHHIfflHffl 

■?H^;^4f?f^ ^xx x xx xxxx xxxxxxxKx;:x x xxx v (x - ^xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 






M3j31t>-d^3IBi9Tg»a<9c><d^'d3^1dffl®^«9v93T3(msigj3 






"±''±r±"Jl"±r±"±."±r±r±'_ 



-)(-)(-)(-)(-)(-)f-)f-)C-)C-)(-)C-)C-)C-)C-)(-)C-)C-)(-)f- 



Cc8:&S:Oc2a8e 

HHHHHHH 

/////// 
8@S9338 

$$$$$$;S 



HHeMesB 
iiiiizii 
??????? 



9 U « jl U U u 

n 11 II II II II M 

xxxxxxx 



It U II U M 11 M 11 II II n U ■ II ■ II 



OQOOOQOOOQOOQOnnO 



oOoOoooOooooononQOononononononnnQ 

///////////////////////////////// 
oO 00 00 00 oO oO oO oO oOoO oO oO oO oO oO oO o 



)(.)C-)C-)(-')C-)C-)(-)C-) (-)(-)(-)/ 

) (2 ) (1 ) c_ ) c_ ) '(_ ) (1 ) (2 ) 11 ) (J ) c- ) (1 



Wl?^^^^i^«^iffil;jffi^^^ 



-0-0-0-- -0-0-0 — 0-0-0 — 0-0-0 — 



aiio'oaU'ttnBuanuiina 



'•--•■ 



.................. 



TTA'X'A'X A'/J 



@a)@©@3@ 



1 » I t 

r-r-r-i 

hH-/ 

0006869 
(((((C( 



TTTTTTT 

(*) (#) C 



-000 — 






APPENDIX. 



PUNCTUATION. 



The chief use of punctuation marks is to make clear the meaning of the writer. They indicate a pause, an in- 
terruption, a change or break in the thought. A pause in speaking is generally, but not always, indicated by punct- 
uation marks in writing. A change in a pause or in a punctuation mark often alters the meaning of a sentence. 
A misplaced comma in a bill passed by the New York Legislature in 1885, made a difference of $75,000 in the pay 
of the New York City police. 

Parliament once ordered one of its members to make a public apology for slander. The offender arose and 
rea:d from his paper, " I said he was dishonest, it is true; and I am sorry for it." The apology was accepted. 
To the surprise and Indignation of parliament, it appeared in the next morning's paper as follows : " I said he 
was dishonest; it is true, and I am sorry for it." 
The following descriptions show how much punctuation has to do with the meaning of what is written : — 



A BAD MAN. 

He is an old man and experienced in vice and 
wickedness; he is never found in opposing the work 
of iniquity; he takes delight in the downfall of his 
neighbors; he never rejoices in the prosperity of his 
fellow creatures; he is always ready to assist in de- 
stroying the peace of society; he takes no pleasure in 
serving the Lord; he is uncommonly diligent in 
sowing discord among his friends and acquaintances ; 
he takes no pride in laboring to promote the cause of 
Christianity ; he has not been negligent in endeavoring 
to stigmatize all public teachers ; he makes no effort 
to subdue his evil passions; he strives hard to build 
up Satan's kingdom ; he lends no aid to the support of 
the gospel among the heathen; he contributes largely 
to the devil; he will never go to heaven; he must go 
where he will receive his just recompense and reward. 



A GOOD MAN. 

He is an old man and experienced; in vice and 
wickedness, he is never found; in opposing the work 
of iniquity, he takes delight; in the downfall of his 
neighbors, he never rejoices; in the prosperity of his 
fellow creatures, he is always ready to assist; in de- 
stroying the peace of society, he takes no pleasure; in 
serving the Lord, he is uncommonly diligent; in sowing 
discord among his friends and acquaintances, he takes 
no pride; in laboring to promote the cause of 
Christianity, he hasnotbeen^gligent; in endeavoring 
to stigmatize all public teaSers, he makes no effort; 
to subdue his evil passions, he strives hard; to build 
up Satan's kingdom, he lends no aid; to the support of 
the gospel among the heathen, he contributes largely ; 
to the devil he will never go; to heaven he must go, 
where he will receive his just recompense and reward. 



The principal points used in writing are the period, colon, semi-colon and comma. 



PERIOD. 

Rule 1. The period should be placed at the end of every declarative sentence. Ex. " We will ship the goods 
as ordered." 

Rule 2. A period should be used after every abbreviation. Ex. Gen.; Messrs.; Sec. ; etc. ; per cent.; LL. D. 

Note 1. Miss, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc., are not abbreviations. 

Note2. Observe that the use of a period after an abbreviation does not prevent another point from being used 
immediately after it. See examples under Rule 2. 

Rule 3. A period is used to separate dollars and cents. Ex. $21.25. 

Rule i. A period should be used after Roman letters used as numbers. Ex. James VI. of Scotland became 
James I. of Englaud. 

Rule 5. A succession of periods, or of stars, is used to denote an omission in a quotation. Ex. " I certainly 
never urged the court to render this or any decree in said cause. ... I was entirely passive in the matter, 
neither assenting or dissenting." 

(155) 



156 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 



THE COLON. 

Rule I. The colon is used to separate chapters and verses, hours and minutes. Ex. John 3: 16. 9:36 p. m. 

Rule II. A colon, or a colon and a dash, is used at the end of the salutation in a letter. Ex. "Dear Sir: 
Your letter of the 2nd Inst, is duly received." A comma, or a comma aod a dash, is sometimes used after the 
salutation. 

Rule III. A colon is used before a long and formally introduced quotation. Ex. The speaker of the con- 
vention arose and said : 

" Ladies and gentlemen, the subject under consideration is one of vast importance." 

Rule IV. The colon is used before a formal enumeration of particulars. Ex. Please send us the follow- 
ing: 

5 boxes oranges, 

5 boxes lemons, 

10 barrels currants, etc. 

Note. The colon is generally preceded by an introductory expression, said, as follows, the following, or 
similar words. The part following a colon often forms a new paragraph and is begun with a capital. 

SEMI-COLON. 

Rule I. The semi-colon is used to separate the members of a compound sentence, especially when the con- 
junction is omitted or when one of the members contains commas. Ex. " The rich and the poor meet together; 
the Lord is the maker of them all." "But the fruit of the spirit is love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, 
goodness, faith, meekness, temperance ; against such there is no law." "Infidelity is not always built upon 
doubt, for this is diffident; nor philosophy upon wisdom, for this is meek." 

Rule II. The semi-colon is placed before and a comma is placed after as, namely, and similar words intro- 
ducing an example. 

Ex. The present tense denotes present time ; as, " He is writing." 

Note. In business writing, sentences should be short, terse and clear. Compound and complex sentences 
are generally out of place in commercial letters ; hence the semi-colon is rarely needed in them. 

THE COMMA. 

In business writing, the comma is almost the only iioint occurring in the middle of a sentence. 

As a rule, use the comma only where it is needed to make the meaning clearer. For instance, if an explanatory 
expression or bit of side talk occurs in the midst of a sentence, as between its subject and its verb, it helps the 
understanding to enclose this expression by commas. After reading the subject, the commas show us how much 
we must pass over before we can find the verb. In the same way, commas help the sense when any expression 
separates the verb and its object, etc. Hence — 

Rule I. The comma is used before and after any word, phrase or clause not necessary to the meaning of a 
sentence, and introduced in such a way as to break the connection or to separate the principal parts. 

Examples: "Milton, the poet, was blind." "Prudence, as well as courage, is necessary to overcome 
obstacles." " What, in your opinion, is the secret of success? " "He has, however, a strong feeling upon the 
subject." " We have, in short, too many incompetents." " There is, no doubt, an increasing demand for skill- 
ful, intelligent help." " Garfield, in one of his addresses, spoke of the importance of shorthand and typewriting 
for young men and young women " " George Washington, who has been called the father of his country, was 
the first president of the United States." 

Rule II. The comma is used to denote the omission of a word; as, " Coming, Chemung Co., New York." 
(Meaning, Corning in Chemung Co. in the State of New York.) " February 26th, 1887." (Meaning, February 26 
of the year 1887. The comma takes the place of the omitted phrase, of the year.) " Rev. William T. Henry, D. D." 
(For Rev. William T. Henry who is a D. D.) "He is a good, faithful man," (And is omitted.) "Scruggs, 
Vandervoort & Barney." " It is the part of a good man to speak truthfully, to deal honestly, to act bravely, to 
live purely, to show kindness to man and loyalty to God." " Not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the 
Lord." "Reading makes a full man; conversation, a ready man; writing, an exact man." {Makes is twice 
omitted.) " Men, women, and children were slain." In the latter sentence, the first comma indicates the omis- 



HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 157 

sion of and. The comma after women is necessary to make the meaning clear, otherwise this sentence might be 
understood to mean that men were addressed, and that women and children were slain. Formerly the second 
comma would not have been used. " We have these goods in all colors — black, brown, green, garnet, gray, and 
cream." " Take for your star self-reliance, faith, honesty, and industry." 

Rule III. The comma is used to cut ofi independent words and phrases, such as exclamatory expressions, terms 
of address, etc. Ex. " Why, are you going?" " Well, what is the matter?" "What, have you resigned? " 
" Yes, I have decided to withdraw." " John, come here." " The troops left the field, the battle having ended." 
"His father being dead, the prince ascended the throne." " Yes, my dear sir, you can rely upon me." 

EuLE IV. Inverted and contrasting expressions are generally separated by commas. Ex. " To obtain wealth 
he labored unceasingly." The natural order would be, "He labored unceasingly to obtain wealth." Inverted 
expressions are those which are thrown out of the natural order. Ex. " To make a space between lines, draw 
the lever forward." " We live in deeds, not words." " He is grave, not gay." " She is thoughtful, not flip- 
pant." " If he comes, he will explain his conduct." 

Rule V. The comma is used to separate independent clauses if they are closely connected. Ex. "Study 
how to do the most good, and let the pay take care of itself." " Commit thy way unto the Lord, and He shall di- 
rect thy paths." 

Rule VI. The comma is used before direct quotations. 

Dii-ect quotation: Horace says, " Dates come from Africa." 

Indirect quotation : Horace says that dates come from Africa. 

Rule VII. The comma is used to divide a number into periods of three figures each. Ex. 38,600 subscribers. 
$2,162.75. 

iVbJe. Beware of too many commas. It is better to omit a needed comma than to insert one in a wrong 
place. The former might be an oversight; the latter is ignorance. Your employer can add a comma with his 
pen, but he cannot easily remove one. 

OTHER POINTS. 

The Question Makk is placed at the end of an interrogation. Ex. "When are you going to New York? " 

The interrogation mark when inclosed in a parenthesis is sometimes used to indicate doubt or derision. 

Ex. "The truthful (?) lawyer." 

The Exclamation Point is placed after exclamatory words and sentences expressing strong emotion, such 
as joy, surprise, anger, etc. 

Ex. " Arouse, ye Romans ! Arouse, ye slaves! " " What a wonderful cure!" 

Two or more exclamation points are used to express strong irony or contempt. " He is a great statesman 
indeed! ! " 

Quotation Marks. When the exact words of another are quoted they are inclosed within quotation marks. 

Ex. " I rise for information," said a member of Congress. " I am very glad to hear it," cried another 
sitting by, " for no one needs it more." 

In legal writing, quotation marks are often placed at the beginning of each line of quotation to draw attention 
to the fact that it is quoted. Quotation marks are placed at the end of the last line only. For example. 

"At every annual meeting, the said stockholders shall have power to make, alter, or repeal, by a majority of 
" votes given, any or all such by-laws, rules, orders, and regulations as aforesaid, and to do and perform every 
" other corporate act authorized by the charter." 

When a quotation ends a declarative sentence, place the period before the quotation marks. 

When a quotation ends an interrogative sentence, place the question mark after the quotation points. 

The Apostrophe. In typewriting, an apostrophe is placed before and after a quotation contained within 
a quotation. 

Ex. " Jusus saith unto him, ' I am the way, and the truth and the life.' " 

The chief use of the apostrophe is to mark the possessive case. Ex. Mr. Wood's store. The apostrophe 
is also used to denote the omission of letters in contracted words and to indicate the plural of figures or of letters 
of the alphabet. Ex. I've, don't, resp'y, etc. There are two t's in omitted. Make your T's plainer. 

Ifote. Remember the apostrophe should never separate the letters of a name. It is wrong to write Same's 
Shorthand Manual. It should be Barnes' Shorthand Manual. The apostrophe is always placed at the end of the 
name. If a word ends in s, z, or x, the apostrophe only is added to it to form the possessive case. If the 
name ends in other letters, the possessive case is formed by adding to the name, first an apostrophe, and sec- 
ondly an 8. Ex. Henry's hat. Charles' book, Mr. Fox' farm. 



158 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

Note 2. No apostrophe should be used in the possessive personal pronouns. Write hers, its, yours, etc., with- 
out an apostrophe, 

Note 3. Notice the dirference between a contraction and an abbreviation ; a period marks the latter, an apos- 
trophe the former. Sec. is the abbreviation for secretary, sec'y the contraction. 

The Dash. A dash Indicates a sudden change in thought. It denotes hesitation, and it takes the place of 
omitted letters or figures. Ex. " I wish you would go to the Bank — John shut that door — and make this de- 
posit for me." "Well — I don't know — that is — no, I cannot agree to it." "Mr. B — k objected." 

The dash Is used to indicate that a sentence is left unfinished. 

A dash is often placed after other points to add emphasis to the separation. Thus, the dash may be used after 
the period to separate a side-head from what follows. The dash is often used after a colon or a comma at the 
end of the salutation in letters, and when introduciug an enumeration of parts. 

Note. In typewriting, the dash is indicated by two hyphens. 

Hyphen. When two or more words are used as a single modifying word, adjective or adverb, they should be 
connected by a hyphen. Ex. "A never-to-be-forgotten day." Forty-eight, two-thirds, to-day, to-mor- 
row, to night. A compound noun is hyphenized when the second part implies the act of containing the first, and 
also when the two words are seldom compounded. Ex. Ice-cart, coffee-pot. "The God-man as seen in Christ 
Jesus." 

When a prefix ending in a vowel is joined to a word beginning witha vowel, a hyphen connects them, provided 
both vowels are pronounced separately. Co-operate, pre-occupy. 

The hyphen is used after a complete syllable at the end of a line to indicate that the rest of the word is written 
on the next line. 

Note. A line of writing should not end with the first syllable of a word when it consists of a single letter; as 
e-nough, u-nite. Avoid ending three or more successive lines with a hyphen, as it detracts from the neatness of 
the page. 

SPELLING. 

Bad spelling is always inexcusable, It has cost many a typewriter operator his position, and rightly too. 
In these days of cheap books no one has a right to remain ignorant, and bad spelling from carelessness is a 
thousand times worse than bad spelling from ignorance, a thousand times more provoking and inexcusable. 

For several years we have kept a list of all misspelled words found in our student's transcripts. Of these, 
the most frequently misspelled are given italicized in the exercises below. These are valuable not only as spelling 
drills, but as speed exercises for the typewriter. Even college-bred students may study them with profit. Each 
exercise should be written again and again until it can be reproduced from memory, and without error. 

SPELLING DRILL AND SPEED EXERCISES FOR THE TYPEWRITER. 

1. 

To accept is to take. To except is to leave out. Please accept this and please except this have very different mean- 
ings. He introduced a bill of exceptions. The exception was made in his favori, If you will advise me, I will take 
your advice. If your ring is loose you may lose it. It will be necessary to separate the packages. Shall we work 
together or separately? What will be the effect of the strike? His failure will not affect us. He has effected a com- 
promise. In compliance with your wishes, I have effected a settlement. 



The principal of the school is a man of good principles. The principal and interest amount to $5,000. He is 
engaged principals/ in the Aardware feusiness. He must pay full /are when he goes to the i^'air. It is a, fair bar- 
gain. Their principal pTopiietoT introduced his flnanciala.gent. The proceedings of the council are given on the 
preceding page. This should precede that. Let us proceed in the matter. We have commenced proceedinjfs in the 
suit. 

3. 

El or e. Ei is generally used after c and s and ie after other consonants. 

The chief thief has been seized and brought to grief. It affords me great relief. I perceive you have received 



HOW TO BEC03IE EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 159 

your friend's receipt. I believe he will yield th^ field. His unwieldy frame is full of conceit. He conceives the idea 
of deceiving them. I had as lief take a lien on the property. 

The most important exceptions to this rule are height, neighbor, neither, siege, sieve, their, weigh, sufficient and 
similar words where c has the sound of sh. 

The height of the ceiling is sufficient. Neither of my neighbors axe proficient in spelling, consequently they will 
not make efficient amanuenses. Will you relieve me of this weight'? He is deficient in many respects. 

4. 

Two-syllabled words ending in a single consonant, double that consonant in derivative words, provided the 
accent is on the second syllable, but if the accent is on the first syllable, the consonant is not doubled. Thus ; 
ofEer, offered, refer, referred, etc. We have offered him admittance. It occurred at the beginning of the conference. 
We have conferred with the committee on the subject of deferring the meeting. I infeired that he proffered his 
request during my absence. The deference shown to yonr judgment was pleasing to the brethren. He referred to the 
controlling powers in a lone of disappointment. In the beginning he compelled attention. He preferred that we 
should give the preference to his neighbor. This is a different certificate. We have transferred the property in 
pursuance of the request of the College trustees. They have not incurred any liability. 

S. 

His apology was all right. We are all ready to start. We have already made the attempt. Although he has 
lost almost ail he had, he is still hopeful. You are not altogether wrong. Their goods will wear all right although 
they are cheap. He persaatJes himself that he will ^j-event their purpoies. Will he permit you to make the jpro- 
posal? Perhaps he will proceed to perform his duty. The superiJitendent will pursue the proper course independent 
of the comments of others. We prefer to procure a writ of habeas corpus. Our current expemet are too large. 



Buying, coming, having, changing, suing, using, valuing, putting, continuing, managing, owing, losing, and sim- 
ilar words are often misspelled. The e is dropped before ing, except in such words as singeing where the e is 
necessary to distinguish it from singing. He has been managing his affairs so badly that they are now unmanageable. 
Changing his policy so often proves that he is a changeable man. What will be the consequence of his coming? 
It is scarcely noticeable. 

7. 

The council appointed a committee. The counsel for the defendant has given good counsel. He has borne 
many burdens since he was bom. His capital amounts to millions. The capital at Washington is a magnificent 
building. It is a capital offense. Correspondence relates to letters. Correspondents are persons who carry on a 
.correspondence. Is he disposed to render a decision? We discussed and then destroyed the descriptive circular. 
Their goods wear well. Both the hardware and the chinaware establishments are centrally located. 

8. 

The debt is collectible. We are confident that it is essential to his success. The expenses are both extraordi- 
nary and embarrassing. We have succeeded in getting the promissory note. It is an immense improvement. We 
shall therefore proceed with the indictment ourselves. Although we have anticipated you, we hope we have not 
exceeded your vrishes. In acceding to my request you have conferred a great favor. The gross receipts will exceed 
$10,000. Coarse thread is stronger than fine, of course. 



Come here and I will speak so you can hear me. Let them stay there. Their interests are thei-e. There are 
forty-eight ribbons there; they are wrapped in tinfoil. He rapped on the door. It is right that Mr. Wright should 
-write you in reference to the rites of the society. You omitted to state whether he had cited the witnesses. It is a 



160 HOW TO BECOME EXPERT IN TYPEWRITING. 

pleasant site for the house. You may draw on me for f 400. 00, payable sixty days after si^r^t. Mr. Taylor iia,» 
already sent $40.00 to his tailor. Mr. Knight will call to-night. Miss Knapp Is taking a nap. Messrs. Cook, 
Kuch & Cooke have dissolved partnership. 

10. 

I have heard of his decease; he died last month. I have heard of his disease; it was a bad case of small-pox. 
The adoption of the measure was authorized by the association. Arrangements have been made for the admission of 
the member. The excellence of his judgment and. his large experience in managing impoTta,nt manufactories Tfill he 
of great value. Their statements will surprise every one. Be faithful tojthe interests of your employer. His decis- 
ion was wrong. He suggests an increase of salary. A collection was taken. The meaning of commercial terms 
should be learned. I cannot conceive a more important commission. 

11. 

The privilege will be granted immediately if consistent with the requirements of the company. It is plain that 
he does not possess common sense. Use your discretion in deciding what the different appointments shall be. The 
durability of this ware is beyond question. He has written me giving me explicit commands to enforce the claim. 
The figures are very encouraging. The signature is genuine. The explanation is equivalent to an apology. 

12. 

The passing of the statute was presumably due to the influence of the Connecticut senators. We have steadily 
maintained that it was optional. The incident was trifling in itself. His speech was interrupted by the entranct of 
apopuiar man. His opponent displayed intense feeling on the occasion. The road is now in running order and there 
will be no further obstruction to traffic. His letter contained in substance a resume of the pecuitan'ties of his trade. 
There is no demurroffe to pay. It is pn'mo/acie euidence. There has been a numerical increase. His 7nanne)'s are 
unpleasant. 

13. 

Soliciting a continuance of your orders, I remain, etc. The specifications will be ready whenever he wishes 
them. We warrant the excellence and durability of our machine. His knowledge of the insurance fiusiness is a su^- 
cient guarantee. We have seen similar instances. The stontJard has been raised. His assets exceed his liabilities. 
The expenses incident to the running of the road are naturally large. The prices of the goods shipped are as per. 
quotations enclosed. His sei-oiees are valuable for he is sensible and thoroughly practical. 

14. 

He assigned the field to a competent man. He made an affidavit as to the amount of his assets. His appearand 
is not altogether agreeable. He called the attention of the assessor to his first allegation. Elias Smith, alias Frank 
Brown is an alien by birth. A receipt should accompany the acknowledgment of moneys received. He will be held 
accountable for his error. Be accurate in your business accounts. It is admitted that he acftieoed a great success. 
Until very recently we considered the plan advantageous to our interests. 

15. 

Formerly the engineers passed resolutions formally commending the action of their superintendent. His hand- 
writing is familar. It is a, fraudulent note. We have effectually stopped all opposition. The numerous manufacturers 
have entered a protest. Tou oujr^t to improve your opportunity. Possibly the ofcsfrucfion has been remoued. The 
reneirn! of the poZicy is respect/u?iy refused. The salaries of the officers were respectiveij/ $1000, $1500 and $2000. 
The negotiations have been successful. 

16. 

His ascendencj/ is due to his diligence in business. Be careful in drawing conclusions. What is the capacity of 
the eZeuofo)? The misceZtoneous orders have been attended to. It is necessary for us to co-operate. He is over- 
whelmed with disasters. Knowledge is indispensable. We have materially increased our business. It is essential 
that you should be in earnest. That lean man has a lien on our property. 



INDEX TO COMPLETE CALIGRAPH INSTRUCTOR. 



PART I. 

Page. 

Description of parts V 

Lifting the carriage V 

Ribbon movement "V 

Spacing between lines VI 

Explanation of parts VI 

Use of release key VII 

Cleaning and oiling VII 

Cautions VIII 

Stopping of carriage at 20 or 50, cause and remedy VIII 

The bell, moving bell tri]) VIII 

Marginal stop VIII 

Hindrance to motion of carriage IX 

Lateral motion of ribbon IX 

Cause of holes in ribbon .IX 



— Introductor)-. 

Page. 

Changing ribbons X 

Monthly cleaning and oiling X 

Adjustment of ribbon clip XI 

Adjustment of paper feed springs XI 

Cause of paper vrrinkling, tearing XI 

Cause of lines slanting XI 

Hold-fast dog spring, adjustment, etc XI 

Adjusting screw at end of rack XII 

Printing double, lack of alignment, remedies . XII 

Method of alignment XII 

Why letters print over each other XIII 

Finger tension . XIII 

Carriage tension XIII 

Cautions XIV 



PART II 

Page. 



LESSON 1. 
Directions, fingering, sentences combining 

fingered words 1 

LESSON 2. 
Directions, fingering, sentences 2 

LESSON .^. 
Diagram, rules for fingering, exercise .... 5 

LESSON 4. 
Directions, fingering, sentences 7 

LESSON 5. 
Re-insertion of sheet, punctuation marks, exer- 
cise 9 

LESSON 6. 
Directions, fingering, sentences 11 



Page. 



LESSON 7. 

Paragraphing, fingering, exercise 13 

LESSON 8. 

Directions, fingering, sentences 15 

LESSON 9. 

Directions, fingering, sentences 16 

LESSON 10. 

Commercial and technical words 18 

SYSTEMATIC FINGERING 19 

WRITING BY TOUCH 19 

ACCURACY AND NEATNESS 20 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 22 



GoMiiercial CorrespoMence, Legal Forms, 

Page. 

Samples of directed envelopes 24 

Superscription of envelopes 25 

Exercise in directing envelopes 26 

Hints on business letter writing 27 

The heading of a letter 28 

Correction for deviation of scale 28 

Address 29 

Salutation . ,29 

Body of letter 29 

Complimentary close 31 

Signature 31 

Important points in letter -n'riting 31 

Sample letter forms . * 32 

Display lines 37 

To center lines 37 

Constitutiou 38 

Tabular statements, directions, exercises ... 41 

Wide left-hand margin 44 

Manifolding, No. copies, materials, platens . . 44 

Semi-carbon, difficulties, remedies, corrections. 45 

Full carbon 40 

Useful hints as to carbon paper 4(3 

Exercises in manifolding .'........ 47 

Writing on narrow paper 49 

Writing on ruled paper 49 

Postal cards . • 50 

Telegrams 51 



Page. 

Speed writing 52 

Wholesale cracker company letters 53 

Railroad correspondence 61 

Passenger department ... 64 

Railway mail service 68 

Freight 70 

Railway construction 81 

Wholesale drugs 83 

Internal revenue 87 

Wholesale saddlery letters 90 

Stoves 93 

Hardware 94 

Iron, coke, etc 99 

Law letters 101 

Insurance and financial 103 

Commission 108 

Lumber HI 

Miscellaneous 112 

Grain 115 

Patents • 118 

Mining 120 

Electricity 122 

Folding, inscribing and covering of documents . 126 

Electric frauchi.se 126 

Miscellaneous law forms . 128 

Testimony ■ 134 

Specifications ... 139 



In 



Page. 

Typewi'iter ribbons 146 

Letter press copying 146 

Duplicating processes 147 

Indexing letters 147 

Filing letters 148 



Page. 

Suggestions from the postal department . . . 148 

Cipher dispatches ' 148 

Miscellaneous office hints 149 

How to succeed 150 

Ornamental typewriting 150-154 



APPEITDIX. 



Punctuation 155 

Spelling drills and speed exercises . . 158 



) s 






ll'^^lm^, ?'' CONGRESS 






, ^ !•''' #"■€- 















4^#^i^ 














